Download ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY "................................................................"

"Technical Information"
ADVANCED
ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY
(4EMAD)
* Center:
"................................................................"
* Country: "................................................................"
* Date:
"................................................................"
* Issue:
"................................................................"
Quality Certificates:
Worlddidac
Member
ISO 9000: Quality Management
(for Design, Manufacturing,
Commercialization and After-sales service)
European Union Certificate
(total safety)
Certificates ISO 14000 and
ECO-Management and Audit Scheme
(environmental management)
Worlddidac Quality Charter
Certificate
(Worlddidac Member)
Advanced Electrical Machines Laboratory
(4EMAD)
Index
- Classroom and Laboratory Lay Out (Example).
- List of modules and teaching units included plus summarised catalogues
(included in priority 1 + 2 + 3).
Ref.:4EMAD-pre(01/11)
Classroom and Laboratory Lay Out
ADVANCED ELECTRICAL
MACHINES LABORATORY
(Example of Priority 1)
(4EMAD)
32 cm
1,4 cm
Unit
EGGMG24
TECNEL
INT
Unit
ROOM 3
1,6 cm
1,5 cm
Web-cam
Computer for each Teaching Unit
Teacher and Student Desk with
computers
Table for Teaching Unit
INT SERIN/CC
Unit
OTHER TEACHING UNITS
WITH COMPUTER CONTROL
LIMEL
Unit
OTHER TEACHING
AND
NON TEACHING UNITS
25 cm
Unit
Teaching Unit
INT
Electronic
Interface
90x40
Cupboard
150x80 cm
48x35 cm
EDIBON ESN SCADA-NET
90x60 cm
80x30
Table office
Shelves
Table
E: 1:100
9 cm
Unit
EEA
Unit
ESAM
90x60
90x60
Unit
TEACHER
DESK
Unit
ESAE
EDIBON
ESN
SCADA-NET
STOCK
EMT-KIT
Unit
EXPANSIONS SPACE
ELECTRONIC
BLACKBOARD
90x60
PROJECTOR
Unit
COMPUTER
CONTROLLED
UNITS
150x80
150x80
150x80
90x40
90x40
90x40
ROOM 2
MAIN
ELECTRICAL
CABINET
90x60
EMERGENCY DOOR
ROOM 1
MAIN
WATER
CABINET
90x60
2,7 cm
90x40
150x80
06x051
MAIN
AIR
PANEL
90x60
90x40
TOILET
100x40
EMT-S
OTHER TEACHING UNITS
WITH COMPUTER CONTROL
SERIN/CA
LOCAL NET
WITH SCADA-NET
SYSTEM
90x40
SERVICES
MANAGER
ROOM
90x60
TOILET
INT
150x80
Unit
SEMINARY
INT
UCP
STUDENT
TOILET
STAND ALONG
AND
DANGEROUS
UNITS
OTHER TEACHING
AND
NON TEACHING UNITS
90x40
3,3 cm
Advanced Electrical Machines Laboratory
(4EMAD)
List of modules and teaching units included plus
Summarised Catalogues
Priority 1
0400. Electricity
0480: Electrical MachinesBasic Module
0481: Electrical Machines Medium Module
0482: Electrical Machines Advanced Module
0483: Electrical Machines "Disassembly" Module
0490: Cut Away Motors Basic Module
0491: Cut Away Motors MediuM Module
0492: Cut Away Motors Advanced Module
0400/ESN: EDIBON Scada-Net for Electricity Units
Ref.:4EMAD-pre(01/11)
issue:01/11
ELECTRICAL MACHINES.BASIC MODULE
Ref: 0480
ITEM
1 / 2
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
EME
ELECTRICAL MACHINES EQUIPMENT
1
2
RCL3R
RESISTIVE,INDUCTIVE AND CAPACITIVE LOADS
MODULE
1
3
EMT5 (1)
DC SHUNT-SERIES-COMPOUND MOTOR
1
4
EMT7 (1)
THREE-PHASE MOTOR SQUIRREL CAGE
1
5
EMT11 (1)
SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR OF CONDENSER
1
6
TECNEL/T
TACHODYNAMO 60 V,1000 R.P.M
1
7
FRE-FE
BRAKING SYSTEM (ELECTRONIC BRAKE)
1
8
EMT5/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DC
SHUNT-SERIES-COMPOUND MOTOR
1
9
EMT7/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
THREE-PHASE MOTOR SQUIRREL CAGE
1
10
EMT11/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR OF CONDENSER
1
11
INS/SOF
CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE
(TEACHER'S SOFTWARE)
1
12
MUAD
1
EPIB
DAB
MUAD/SOF
ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION
SYSTEM,INCLUDED:
ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX
DATA ACQUISITION BOARD
DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE
1
1
1
13
EAL
NETWORK ANALYZER UNIT
1
14
0480PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
15
0480PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
16
0480IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP
1
17
0480CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
18
0480TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
19
0480MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
Ref: 0480
2 / 2
* Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises,
Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis.
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 20 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions included:
a) Technical conditions:
- Laboratories adaptation.
- Installation of all units supplied.
- Starting up for all units.
- Training about the exercises to be done any unit.
- Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the
teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
Laboratory structure
1 Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit
(Intermediate option)
(Advanced option)
(Basic option)
6 Transformers:
2 Measurement Units
Other Network Analyzers:
-EALD. With Computer
Data Acquisition +
Oscilloscope (PC).
-EALDG.With Computer
Data Acquisition +
Oscilloscope (PC)+
Oscilloscope
Display.
Digital Multimeter
EAL. Network Analyzer
Unit
ETT. Three and Single
Phase Transformers
Unit
11
MUAD. Power Data Acquisition
System
-EAM-VA. Analog
Measurement Unit
-MUAD. Power Data
Acquisition System
Teaching
Technique
used
3 Loads:
RCL3R. Resistive,
Inductive and Capacitive
Loads Module
EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit
7 DC Motor Speed Control
- VVCC/M. DC Motor
Speed
Controller
VVCC. DC Motors
Speed Controller
Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB)
Individual elements:
-IND. Inductance.
or -CON. Box of condensers.
-REV. Variable resistance.
-REF. Fixed resistance.
Individual elements:
-AUTR.
Variable Autotransformer.
-TRANS. Single-phase
transformer.
or
-TRANS/3.Three-phase
transformer.
or
Data Acquisition Board (DAB)
with no other
elements
8 AC Motor Speed Control
Data Acquisition
Software(MUAD/SOF)
VVCA. AC Motors
Speed Controller
or
4 Motors:
12 CAI.
Teaching
Technique
used
(intermediate
option)
with no other
elements
9 PLC
PLC-PI. PLC Module
for the Control of
Industrial Processes
Software
- VVCA/M. AC Motor
Speed
Controller
Individual elements:
- VVCA/B. AC motors
speed controller,
Computer Aided Instruction
Software System
INS/SOF. Instructor
(intermediate
option)
Individual elements:
- VVCC/B. DC motors
speed controller,
Individual elements:
or - EDIBON FP-X-CPU. PLC,
+
with no other elements.
5 Brakes:
FRE-FE. Electronic Brake
Other brakes:
-DI-FRE. Pendular Dynamo
Brake.
-FREND. Dynamo Brake.
or
-FRENP. Magnetic Powder
Brake.
-FREPR. Prony Brake.
-FRECP. Eddy Current
Brake
EMT../SOF.
10 Tachogenerator
Student/Motor Software
TECNEL/T.
Tachogenerator
or - TECNEL/TM. Hand
Tachometer
Complete configuration
Main units:
1 Common Electrical Machines Base Units.
2 Measurement Units.
3 Loads.
4
Motors.
5
Brakes.
11
12
Complementary possibilities:
MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System.
CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software
System.
* MINIMUM CONFIGURATION:
1
+
2
Complementary elements:
6 Transformers.
7 DC Motor Speed Control.
8 AC Motor Speed Control.
9 PLC (Programmable Logic Contoller).
10
Tachogenerator.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 57
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
EME. Electrical Machines Unit
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
1
(continuation)
(continuation)
Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
EDIBON presents three alternatives with increasing complexity and practical possibilities.
- EME. Electrical Machines Unit. It is a compact unit including the main electrical functions. It is EDIBON’s most advanced option.
- EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit (intermediate option). Students can get a good grasp on the subject.
- EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit (basic option). It includes the most basic functions.
EME. Electrical Machines Unit (advanced option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
The Electrical Machines Unit (EME) is a compact and
robust box for the study of the main electrical functions. In
its front side, you find standard electrical functions, divided
in sections, for a better visualization of the different
applications. In EME, you have all the main panels you
need for analyzing an electrical machine, as measuring
devices, supply systems, management systems, protection
systems, synchronism and rectification systems, etc.
This unit is prepared for working to a maximum power of 1
KW and all the components are located within a compact
box.
Metallic box.
4.- Electricity
Diagram in the front panel.
Different modules included in the EME unit:
-Connection terminals module:
Connection terminals of three-phase: R, S and T and
supply neutral with the corresponding signaling
lamps which indicate the voltage.
There are 4 terminals in each phase.
Signaling lamp which will light up when the threephase sequence in correct.
This module also has a signaling lamp and fuse,
corresponding to the internal supply of the unit.
-Operation module:
3 Running switches.
3 Stop switches.
3 Three-pole contactors, power A, B and C, with
control circuit in alternating current. Each contactor
has 2 auxiliary terminals (NC) and 3 auxiliary
terminals (NO).
3 Lamps that will light when the contactors are started.
2 Timing realys.
Indicating lamps.
-Protection module:
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
Thermal relay.
3 Power contacts.
2 auxiliary contacts (NO and NC).
Signaling lamp.
-Synchronizing and rectification module:
3 lamps, as well as the inlet terminals for the threephases with signaling for indicating its correct
sequence.
One phase bridge rectifier, with 2 fuses with their
corresponding fusion lamps.
-Contactors module:
3 Power takes, and the selected position closes the
corresponding contact in the three phases.
-Possibility of assemblies of control circuits with delay.
* Minimum recommended measurement units:
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units:
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground,
380V.
Dimensions: 490 x 450 x 470 mm. approx.
Weight: 50 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 58
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine (with motors EMT 1/2/3/4/5/15)
1.- Preparation, regulation and inversion in a
dynamo with independent excitation.
2.- The dynamo characteristic curve without load.
3.- Dynamos with series and shunt excitation.
4.- Dynamo external characteristic curve.
5.- Dynamo characteristic regulation curve.
6.- Speed variation, inversion and stop of D.C. motor
with independent excitation.
7.- Speed-armature current characteristic curves in a
D.C. motor with shunt or independent excitation.
8.- Torque-current characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with shunt or independent excitation.
9.- Torque-speed characteristic curve in a D.C. motor
with shunt or independent excitation.
10.- Speed-excitation current characteristic curves in a
D.C. motor with independent or shunt excitation.
Operation in constant power.
11.- Speed control at constant torque.
12.- Series D.C. motor: starting, speed variation,
inversion and braking.
13.- Speed-intensity characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with series excitation.
14.- Torque-current characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with series excitation.
15.- The D.C. motor with series excitation as universal
motor.
The Synchronous Machine (with motor EMT 6)
16.- Starting, voltage and frequency regulation in a
three-phase alternator.
17.- Net coupling of a three-phase alternator.
18.- Characteristic curve of an alternator without load.
19.- Characteristic curve of an alternator in short
circuit.
20.- Characteristic curve of an alternator with load.
21.- Synchronous motor starting.
The Asynchronous Machine (with motors EMT 7/ 8/ 9/
10/ 11/ 16/ 17).
22.- Morley diagrams.
23.- Starting process of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
24.- Test without load of an asynchronous motor with
rotor in short circuit.
25.- Test with load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
26.- Starting of a three-phase asynchronous motor
with the wound rotor.
27.- Test without load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with the wound rotor.
28.- Test with load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with wound rotor.
29.- Starting and turn sense inversion of a single-phase
motor with capacitor.
30.- Test without load of a single-phase asynchronous
motor.
31.- Test in load of the single-phase motor.
The Universal motor (with motor EMT 12)
32.- The Universal motor with D.C. supply.
33.- Speed-current characteristic of an Universal
motor with D.C. supply.
34.- Torque-intensity characteristic in the D.C.
Universal motor.
35.- The universal motor eith A.C. supply.
The Repulsion motor (with motor EMT 14)
36.- Starting and inversion of a single-phase repulsion
motor.
37.- Test of a single-phase repulsion motor without
load.
38.- Test of a single-phase asynchronous repulsion
motor in A.C.
The Brushless motor (with motor EMT 18)
39.- Brushless motor starting.
40.- Speed control and change of the turn sense.
The Dahlander motor (with motor EMT 9)
41.- Dahlander motor starting.
42.- Different working speeds.
43.- Changing the different speeds of Dahlander
motor while working.
The Stepper motor (with motor EMT 19)
44.- Stepper motor starting.
45.- Steps control.
46.- Rotation sense change.
The Reluctance motor ( with motor EMT21)
47.- Star connection of the reluctance motor.
48.- Delta connection of the reluctance motor.
49.- Revolution sense and inversion of rotation.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
1
(continuation)
Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
(continuation)
EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit (intermediate option)
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
The D.C.Machine:
1.- Preparation, regulation and inversion in
a dynamo with independent excitation.
2.- The dynamo characteristic curve without
load.
3.- Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
4.- Dynamo external characteristics curve.
5.- Characteristic regulation curve of a
dynamo.
6.- Speed control at constant torque.
7.- Series D.C. motor: starting, speed
variation, inversion and braking.
The Synchronous Machine:
8.- Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three-phase alternator.
9.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
without load.
10.- Characteristic curve of an alternator in
short circuit.
11.- Characteristic curve of an alternator with
load.
12.- Synchronous motor starting.
The Asynchronous Machine:
13.- Morley diagrams.
14.- Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in short
circuit.
15.- Test without load of an asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
16.- Test with load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in short
circuit.
17.- Starting and turn sense inversion of a
single-phase motor with capacitor.
18.- Test without load of a single-phase
motor.
19.- Test in load of the single-phase motor.
The Universal motor:
20.- The universal motor with D.C. supply.
21.- Speed-current characteristic of an
Universal motor with D.C. supply.
22.- Torque-intensity characteristic in the
D.C. Universal motor.
23.- The Universal motor eith A.C. supply.
The Repulsion motor:
24.- Starting and inversion of a single-phase
repulsion motor.
25.- Test of a single-phase repulsion motor
without load.
26.- Test of a single-phase asynchronous
repulsion motor in A.C.
The Brushless motor:
27.- Brushless motor starting.
28.- Speed control and change of the turn
sense.
The Dahlander motor:
29.- Dahlander motor starting.
30.- Different working speeds.
The Reluctance motor:
31.- Star connection of the reluctance motor.
32.- Delta connection of the reluctance
motor.
33.- Revolution sense and inversion of
rotation.
EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit (basic option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
DC supply 200 V dc with fuses.
Connection Key.
Emergency stop push button.
Two push buttons (1NO + 1NC).
* Minimum recommended measurement units:
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units:
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground, 380V.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 5 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 59
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine:
1.- Preparation, regulation and
inversion in a dynamo with
independent excitation.
2.- Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
3.- Speed control at constant torque.
4.- Series D.C. Motor: starting,
speed variation, inversion and
braking.
The Asynchronous Machine:
5.- Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in
short circuit.
6.- Test without load of an
asynchronous motor with rotor in
short circuit.
The Universal motor:
7.- The Universal motor with D.C.
supply.
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
Two double switches (1 NO + 1 NC in each one)
Push Button (1 NC + 1 NO).
Three contactors with 2 NO and 1 NC.
DC supply 200 V dc with fuses.
Connection Key
Emergency stop push button.
* Minimum recommended measurement units: (see Section “2”)
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units: (see Section “2”)
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground, 380V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 25 Kg. approx.
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
2
(continuation)
(continuation)
Measurement Units
The measurement units let us extract information from the experimental unit (EME), thus allowing further process of the data. We can get values of currents, voltages, resistance,
etc. for further analysis.
MULT. Digital Multimeter
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Digital multimeter.
Voltage and current meter.
Resistances and capacitors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals, for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ± 0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EALD. Network Analyzer Unit, with Computer Data Acquisition + Oscilloscope (PC).
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ±0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Connection RS232 to computer (PC).
Data Acquisition Software.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 60
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
2
(continuation)
Measurement Units
(continuation)
EALDG. Network Analyzer Unit, with Computer Data Acquisition + Oscilloscope (PC) + Oscilloscope Display
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.- Electricity
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display and oscilloscope display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ± 0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Connection RS232 to computer (PC).
Data Acquisition Software.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EAM-VA. Analog Measurement Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit allows to analyze the different voltages and currents involved in a
circuit through a simple frontal panel that includes analog measurement
instruments.
Metallic box.
4 Voltmeters.
- A.C. Measuring Instruments with moving iron.
- Voltmeter with measuring range from 0 to 500Vac.
- Horizontal scale with precision grade of 1.5 (following norm
BS89/IEC51).
2 Ammeters.
- A.C. Measuring Instruments with moving iron.
- Ammeter with measuring range of 0 to 5A.
- Horizontal scale with precision grade of 1.5 (following norm
BS89/IEC51).
2 Analog inputs for each meter.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 40 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
MUAD. Power Data Acquisiton System. (see page 68)
Page 61
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
(continuation)
(continuation)
Loads:
RLC3R. Resistive, Inductive and Capacitive Loads Module
3
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
When you brake an electrical machine, the electrical energy has to be
dissipated. Loads provide this function, the dissipation of energy. Depending
on the experiment, the dissipating load has to be resistive, inductive or
capacitive. EDIBON recommends having the three kinds, if a good
understanding on the subject is pursued.
Our Resistive, Capacitive and Inductive Loads Module (RCL3R) offers:
Single and Three-phase resistances.
Single and Three-phase inductances.
Single and Three-phase capacitors.
Metallic box. Diagram in the front panel.
Variable resistive loads: 3 x [ 150 W (500 W) ].
Fixed resistive loads:
3 x [ 150 W (500 W) + 150 W (500 W) ].
Inductive loads:
3 x [ 0, 33, 78, 140, 193, 236 mH ].(230V /2 A)
Capacitive loads:
3 x [ 4 x 7 mF ]. (400V)
Dimensions: 490 x 450 x 470 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
4.- Electricity
Individual Elements
IND
CON
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
When a simpler and cheaper option is preferred when studying the use of
loads in electrical machines, EDIBON gives the choice of acquiring single
components. They are offered as single independent components to be
mounted by the student.
-IND. Inductance:
From 33 to 236 mH, or similar.
-CON. Box of Condensers: 7µF or similar.
-REV. Variable Resistance: 0-150Ù (500W), or similar.
-REF. Fixed Resistance :
150Ù (500W), or similar.
REV
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
REF
4
Motors
EDIBON has a wide range of electric motors. The motors supplied include connectors, couplings, standard motor support, etc.
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
EMT2
EMT3
EMT1
EMT5
EMT4
EMT6
EMT8
EMT7
EMT9
EMT11
EMT12
EMT10
EMT15
EMT16
EMT14
EMT19
EMT17
EMT20
Available Motors
EMT1. D.C. Independent excitation
motor-generator.
EMT2. D.C. Series excitation
motor-generator.
EMT3. D.C. Shunt excitation
motor-generator.
EMT4. D.C. Compound excitation
motor-generator.
EMT5. D . C . S h u n t - s e r i e s
compound excitation motor.
EMT6. A . C . S y n c h r o n o u s
alternator motor.
EMT7. Asynchronous three-phase
motor of squirrel cage.
EMT8. Asynchronous three-phase
motor with wound rotor.
EMT9. Dahlander three-phase
(two-speeds).
EMT10. Asynchronouts three-phase
motor of two independent
speeds.
EMT11. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with starting
capacitor.
EMT12. Universal motor (singlephase).
EMT14. Repulsion motor, singlephase with short-circuited
brushes.
EMT15. D.C. Permanent magnet
motor.
EMT16. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with starting and
running capacitor.
EMT17. Three-phase motor of
squirel c a g e w i t h “ Y ”
connection.
EMT18. D.C. Brushless motor.
EMT19. Stepper motor.
EMT20. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with split phase.
EMT21. Three-phase Reluctance
motor.
EMT22. Single-phase Shaded Pole
motor.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine (with motors EMT 1/ 2/
3/4/5/15)
1.-Preparation,regulationandinversionin
adynamowithindependentexcitation.
2.-Thedynamocharacteristiccurvewithout
load.
3.-Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
4.-Dynamoexternalcharacteristiccurve.
5.-Dynamo characteristic regulation
curve.
6.-Speed variation, inversion and stop of
D.C. motor with independent
excitation.
7.-Speed-armature current characteristic
curve in a D.C. motor with shunt or
independentexcitation.
8.-Torque-current characteristic curve in
a D.C. Motor with shunt or
independentexcitation.
9.-Torque-speed characteristic curve in a
D.C. Motor with shunt or independent
excitation.
10.-Speed-excitation current characteristic
curve in a D.C. Motor with independent
or shunt excitation. Operation in
constantpower.
11.-Speedcontrolatconstanttorque.
12.-Series D.C. Motor: starting, speed
variation,inversionandbraking.
13.-Speed-intensity characteristic curve
inaD.C.Motorwithseriesexcitation.
14.-Torque-current characteristic curve
inaD.C.Motorwithseriesexcitation.
15.-The D.C. Motor with series excitation
asuniversalmotor.
The Synchronous Machine (with motor
EMT6)
16.-Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three-phase
alternator.
17.-Net coupling of a three-phase
alternator.
18.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
withoutload.
19.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
inshortcircuit.
20.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
withload.
21.-Synchronousmotorstarting.
The asynchronous Machine (with motors
EMT7/8/9/10/11/16/17)
22.-Morleydiagrams.
23.-Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in
shortcircuit.
24.-Test without load of an asynchronous
motorwithrotorinshortcircuit.
More information in:
25.-Test with load of a three-phase
www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/
asynchronous motor with rotor in
en/units/electricity/machines/
shortcircuit.
LIMEL.pdf
Page 62
26.-Starting of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with the
woundrotor.
27.-Test without load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with the
woundrotor.
28.-Test with load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with wound
rotor.
29.-Starting and turn sense inversion of
a single-phase motor with
capacitor.
30.-Test without load of a single-phase
motor.
31.-Test in load of the single-phase
motor.
The Universal motor (with motor EMT
12)
32.-The universal motor with D.C.
Supply.
33.-Speed-current characteristic of an
UniversalmotorwithD.C.Supply.
34.-Torque-intensity characteristic in
theD.C.Universalmotor.
35.-The universal motor eith A.C.
Supply.
The repulsion motor (with motor EMT
14)
36.-Starting and inversion of a singlephaserepulsionmotor.
37.-Test of a single-phase repulsion
withoutload.
3 8 . -Te s t o f a s i n g l e - p h a s e
asynchronous repulsion motor
withA.C.
The Brushless motor (with motor EMT
18)
39.-Brushlessmotorstarting.
40.-Speed control and change of the
turnsense.
The Dahlander motor (with motor EMT
9)
41.-Dahlandermotorstarting.
42.-Differentworkingspeeds.
43.-Changing the different speeds of
Dahlandermotorwhileworking.
TheSteppermotor(withmotorEMT19)
44.-Steppermotorstarting.
45.-Stepscontrol.
46.-Rotationsensechange.
The Reluctance motor (with motor
EMT21)
47.-Star connection of the reluctance
motor.
48.-Delta connection of the reluctance
motor.
49.-Revolution sense and inversion of
rotation.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
5
(continuation)
Brakes
The importance of Brakes comes when we want to adjust the motor speed, measure the torque given, or stop the motor.
FRE-FE. Electronic Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
This unit is based in two elements:
1.- Module -metallic box:
Power supply:1 phase, 200-240V.
Rated output capacity:0.75 KW.
Output frequency range: 0.2 to 400 Hz.
Display to visualize voltage (V), Current (A), and Frequency (Hz).
Brake resistance included.
Torquemeter.
R.p.m. Meter.
Connectors.
2.- Braking motor mounted on a bench-support.
Connection wire between elements “1” and “2”.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V a.c., single-phase + ground.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
DI-FRE. Pendular Dynamo Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.- Electricity
Power: 250-300W.
V.Excitation: 190 V.D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.3A.
V.Armature: 200 V.D.C. I.Armature nominal: 1.5A.
Torque measured with lever and weights, by combining the mechanical
torque and electrical torque.
Security connectors.
Bench-support.
Electrical supply: 200 Vdc.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FREND. Dynamo Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Power: 250-300W.
V.Excitation: 190 V.D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.3A.
V.Armature: 200 V.D.C. I.Armature nominal: 1.5A.
Connectors.
Bench - support.
Electrical supply: 200 Vdc.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FRENP. Magnetic Powder Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
The unit consists of a magnetic powder brake, a control module an a
tachometer for the speed measurement.
The control module allows setting the nominal torque of the brake through a
potentiometer. It has two terminals to measure a voltage in direct proportion
to the current supplied to the brake, therefore, to the exerted torque.
The unit has a tachometer connected to its axis.
The unit also includes a fuse and a thermal relay to avoid eventual damages.
Max. power: 400 W, limited at 220W. Voltage: 24 Vac. Max. torque: 5 Nm.
Max. R.P.M.: 3000.
It is equipped with temperature probe to stop the braking action.
Electrical supply: 220 Vac. - 110 Vac.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FREPR. Prony Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Prony brake with resistant ribbon. Mechanical braking action and
dynamometer.
Max. Power: 500 W.
Max. Torque: 4Nm.
Max. R.P.M.: 3000.
Max. Time: 30 seconds.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FRECP. Eddy Current Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Max. Power: 500 W. Voltage: 120 Vdc. Max. Torque: 3Nm. Max. R.P. M.:
3000.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 63
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
(continuation)
(continuation)
6
Transformers
4.- Electricity
ETT. Three-phase and Single-phase Transformers Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Metallic box. Diagram in the front panel.
Single-phase transformer:
Nominal power: 500 VA. Transformation ratio: 400 / 230 V.
Inlets: 400 V and 230 V (in the primary). Number of secondary coils: 2.
Output voltage in the secondary: 115 (each one).
Maximum current in the primary: 1.5 A (for each voltage of 400 V). 3 A (for
each voltage of 230 V).
Three-phase transformer in pillars:
Nominal power: 1000 VA. Transformation ratio: 380/3 x 127 V.
Inlets: 220 V and 380 V (in the primary).
Outlet voltage in the secondary: 3 x 127 V (each phase).
Maximum current in the primary: 2 A (for a voltage of 380 V). 2 A (for
a voltage of 220 V).
Connection modes: Primary: Star, triangle / Secondary: Star, triangle, zigzag, six-phase and triple star.
Electrical supply:
For Single-phase transformer: 400-230 V / 50 Hz. or 60 Hz.
For Three-phase transformer: 380-220 V / 50 Hz. or 60 Hz.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 40 Kg. approx.
1.- Measurement of the transformation
Ratio.
2.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in open circuit.
3.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in short circuit.
4.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in load.
5.- Rehearsal of a three-phase transformer
in open circuit.
6.- Rehearsal of a three-phase transformer
in short circuit.
7.- Autotransformer tests.
8.- Connection modes tests:
Start/delta/Zig-Zag/6-phase/triple
star.
9.- Transformer ratio variation tests.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
TPPT. Three-phase Power Transformer Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The “TPPT” unit is formed by a steel box, which contains a three-phase power
transformer. In the front panel of the box are located the terminals for both
primary and secondary terminals for different power supply inputs and
outputs. In the backside are located the fuses to protect the transformer.
Diagram in the front panel.
Power: 1000 VA.
Module 1: Primary winding
It includes a three-phase winding which can be connected externally in
either star or triangle, each phase winding has a neutral terminal, a 146V
a.c. intermediate terminal and 220V a.c. terminal.
Module 2: Secondary winding
It includes a three-phase winding which can be connected externally in
either star of triangle. Each phase winding has a neutral terminal, a 127V
a.c. intermediate terminal and a 220V a.c. terminal.
This unit can be used to make 6 different a.c. connection types:
-Star (380V). - Triangle (380V). -Triangle (220V). - Triangle (380V).
-Star (380V). - Star (220V).
-Triangle (220V). - Star (220V).
-Star (380V). - Triangle (127V). -Triangle (220V). - Triangle (127V).
Electrical supply: 380-220 V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EMPTA. Auxiliary Transformer and Protection Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic Box. Diagram in the front panel.
Input and output connectors.
Thermal magnetic unit 16 A ., 2 poles. Differential 25 A., 30 mV., 230 V.
Reversible auto-transformer 125-220 (1000 VA).
Conversion from 127V. 60Hz to 220V. 50Hz.
Conversion from 220V. 50Hz to 127V. 60Hz.
Differential electrical protection. Thermal magnetic protection.
Required services: Input: 220V. 50Hz or 127V. 60Hz.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 127 V a.c.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Net weight: 3Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elements:
- AUTR.
- TRANS.
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Variable Auto-transformer.
Single-phase transformer.
Input and output connectors.
Single phase transformer, 400 Vac/230 Vac, 400 VA.
Ground connector.
- TRANS/3.Three-phase transformer.
Input and output connectors.
Three phase transformer, 400 Vac/230 Vac, 1000 VA
TRANS
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
TRANS/3
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 64
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Conversion from 127V/60Hz to 220V/
50Hz.
2.- Conversion from 220V/50Hz to 127V/
60Hz.
3.- Differential electrical protection.
4.- Thermal magnetic protection.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
7
(continuation)
DC Motor Speed Control
VVCC. DC Motor Speed Controller
This unit varies the speed of a DC motor for control applications. It works with
any DC motor available.
Metallic box.
Front panel including:
Excitation connection (2 connectors).
Rotor connection (2 connectors).
Tachodynamo connection (2 connectors).
Parameters self adjustment (torque control and speed control):
Motor torque regulator.
Motor speed regulator.
State leds indicators.
START/STOP speed controller switch.
ON/OFF main switch.
Maximum power: 550W.
Maximum torque: 2.6 Nm
Speed range: 130-2000 r.p.m.
Besides the motor speed controller, all the indicators, connecting cables and
additional components are included.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V ac., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 10 Kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Motor parameters adjustment.
2.- Working at a certain frequency.
3.- Starting carrying out by defined ramp.
4.- Braking possibility until a certain
speed and recovery.
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
VVCC/M. DC Motor Speed Controller (intermediate option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit consists in a variable transformer followed by a rectifier bridge and
an anti-ripple capacitor with a resistor to get discharged.
Metallic box.
Regulated voltage output up to ~320 Vdc.
Maximum current output 2 A.
Front panel including:
Connections:
Positive, negative and ground connections.
ON/OFF switch.
The top side of the unit include a wheel to adjust the DC output voltage up
to ~320 Vdc.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V ac., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elements:
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
-VVCC/B. DC motors speed controller, with no other elements.
Maximum power: 550W.
Maximum torque: 2.6 N.m.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 65
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
8
(continuation)
(continuation)
AC Motor Speed Control
VVCA. AC Motor Speed Controller
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.- Electricity
This is a unit for varying the speed of an AC motor for control applications. It
works with any AC motor available.
This unit enables to change the speed of an asynchronous motor, obtaining
features which characterize a direct current motor. It consists basically on a
rectifying phase coupled to another inverter phase, with a capacitor in
parallel between them. By varying the shooting frequency of the IGBT, we
obtain an alternating output at a variable frequency which is applied to the
asynchronous motor.
Metallic box. Circuit diagram in front panel.
It has a control panel in order to introduce the parameters of the motor that
is going to be used and the output frequency. In addition, through it, we can
carry out several programming. It also has a series of terminals where we
connect the digital and analog inputs and the relay and transistor outputs.
Maximum power: 750 W. Parameter self adjustment. Analog/digital
parameter inlets through panel. Turn inversion while running.
Analog parameter visualization.
Voltage Input : Frequency set according to external command: up to
50Hz. Reversible operation using +/- signal: 0 to +/-10 V. PID control.
Current input: Frequency set according to the analog input current
command: up to 50 Hz. Reversible operation: 20 to 4mA. PID control.
5 Digital inputs that can be configured by the user. 1 outlet to alarm relay. 2
transistor internal outlets. Maximum load current: 50 mA. Leak current at
OFF: 0.1 mA.
Speed range: 130-2000 r.p.m.
Besides the motor speed controller, all the indicators, connecting cables and
additional components are included.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 110 V a.c., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 600 x 600 x 150 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Motor parameters adjustment.
2.- Working at a frequency given by the
panel.
3.- Working at a frequency given by an
analog input (potentiometer).
4.- Turn inversion.
5.- Display of analog output.
6.- Digital inputs configuration.
7.- Outputs from alarm to relay.
8.- Outputs from alarm to transistor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
VVCA/M. AC Motor Speed Controller (intermediate option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit consist in a simple AC motor speed controller.
Metallic box.
Output: 3 PH, 3.0 KVA, 220 V, 1-50 Hz., 8.0 A.
Overload current thermal protection.
ON/OFF switch.
It has two blocks in the front panel:
Speed control:
Start/Stop switch.
Speed control potenciometer.
Connections to motor:
Three-phase connection to AC motor.
Ground connection.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 110 V a.c., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elemenents:
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
-VVCA/B. AC motors speed controller, with no other elements.
Frequency from 0 to 60Hz.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 66
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
9
(continuation)
PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)
The Programmable Logic Controller is a device designed for real time control of sequential processes in an industrial environment. In this case, EDIBON has developed this PLC
module for controlling the Electrical Machines Unit “EME”.
PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes
PLC-PI
+
PLC-SOF
This module has been designed for the Control of Industrial Processes. The
application has been developed to be used with any individual electric
machine.
PLC-PI. Unit:
Metallic box. Circuit diagram in the front panel.
Front panel:
Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block:
16 Digital inputs.
14 Digital outputs.
Analog inputs block:
16 Analog inputs.
Analog outputs block:
4 Analog outputs.
Touch screen.
Back panel:
Power supply connector. 2 A Fuse. RS-232 connector to PC.
Inside:
Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable.
Panasonic PLC:
High-speed scan of 0.32 msec. for a basic instruction.
Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area.
Equipped with a USB communication port.
High-speed counter.
Multi-point PID control.
Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules.
RS232 Communication wire, to computer (PC).
PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software:
The software package is always included with the PLC-PI unit, since it is
the necessary application to program the PLC-PI from the computer.
Electrical supply single-phase, 220 V. - 110 V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Control of the particular unit process
through the control interface box
without the PC.
2.- PID control.
3.- Visualization of all the sensors values
used in the particular unit process.
4.- Calibration of all sensors included in
the particular unit process.
5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved
in the particular unit process.
6.- Realization of different experiments,
in automatic way, without having in
front the particular unit. (This
experiment can be decided
previously).
7.- Simulation of outside actions, when
there are not any hardware element
present.
8.- PLC hardware general use and
manipulation.
9.- PLC process application for the
particular unit.
10.- PLC structure.
11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s
configuration.
12.- PLC configuration possibilities.
13.- PLC program languages.
14.- PLC different programming standard
languages (ladder diagram (LD),
structures text (ST), instructions list
(IL), sequential function chart (SFC),
function diagram (FBD).
15.- New configuration and development
of new process.
16.- Hand on an established process.
17.- Visualization of results and
comparisons with the particular unit
process.
18.- Possibility if creating new process in
relation with the particular unit
process.
19.- PLC Programming exercises.
20.- O w n P L C a p p l i c a t i o n s i n
accordance with teacher and student
requirements.
EDIBON FP-X/CPU. PLC, with no other elements
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Inputs: 8. Input Commons: 1.
Output: 6. Output commons: 4.
Execution time: 0.32µs. Data memory: 12,285. Bit memory: 4096. High
Speed Counter.
Interrupt: 8 input interrupt X0 to X7. Constant time interrupt (0.5ms to
30sec). Interrupt subroutine jump time: 10 micro sec .
PID: PID algorithm (with auto tuning). I-PD algorithm (with auto
tuning).10ms cycle to 100s cycle.
Dimension (w, h, d): 60 x 90 x 79mm.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
10
Tachogenerator
TECNEL/T. Tachogenerator
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The Tachogenerator, as a speed transducer, provides a means of converting
the rotational speed into an analog voltage signal. Thus, it is mainly used for
measuring the motor speed. The TECNEL/T is an automatic unit, that could
be permanently connected to the main rotor.
Output voltage gradient: 30 +/- 3% V /1000 r.p.m.
Electrical supply: continuous d.c. output 0-100 V.
Dimensions: 200 x 150 x 50 mm. approx. Weight: 1Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
TECNEL/TM. Hand Tachometer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This is a hand optical tachogenerator. It cannot be attached to the motor,
what implies that the measurements have to be taken manually.
Page 67
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines: (continuation)
Data Acquisition
11 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System
3
4
“n”
EME unit
Electric power
interface box
(EPIB)
Cable to
computer
(DAB)
Connections
points
Data acquisition
board
2
MUAD is the perfect link between the EME unit and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data
acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents
the parameters involved in the process.
MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing,
frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope.
We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the EME unit with the
supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is
connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data
Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the
undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them.
Data acquisition
software
(MUAD/SOF)
Cables to
interface
1
Student
post
This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF:
4.- Electricity
1)Hardware :
1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.):
Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later
treatment and visualisation.
Front panel separated in two: left-hand part for VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part for CURRENT
Sensors.
- 8 analog input channels.
- Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second).
- 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V.
- 4 Current sensors.
1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board :
PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot.
Bus PCI.
Analog input:
Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536.
Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second).
Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536.
Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs.
Timing: Counter/timers=2.
EPIB
DAB
2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software :
Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation:
Amicable graphical frame.
Compatible with actual Windows operating systems.
Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of different signals.
Visualization of circuit tensions on the computer screen.
Sampling rate up to 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
12
Software
CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System
With no physical connection between motor and computer, this complete package
consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student Software
(EMT../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is
the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a
virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study.
+
Motor
Instructor
Software
MUAD/SOF
Student/Motor
Software
With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor
Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them:
- Organize Students by Classes and Groups.
- Create easily new entries or delete them.
- Create data bases with student information.
- Analyze results and make statistical comparisons.
- Print reports.
- Develop own examinations.
- Detect student’s progress and difficulties.
...and many other facilities.
The Instructor Software is the same for all the motors, and working in network
configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom.
EMT../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student Software)
Explains how to use the motor and run the experiments and what to do at any moment.
Each motor has its own Student Software package.
- The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows.
- Each Software Package contains:
Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of
the studied subject.
Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has
been understood.
Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the motors,
showing how to complete the circuits and get the right information from them.
Exams: set of questions presented to test the knowledge obtained.
Available Student Software Packages:
-EMT1/SOF.
-EMT2/SOF.
-EMT3/SOF.
-EMT4/SOF.
-EMT5/SOF.
-EMT6 /SOF.
-EMT7 /SOF.
-EMT8 /SOF.
-EMT9 /SOF.
-EMT10/SOF.
-EMT11/SOF.
DC Independent excitation motor-generator.
DC Series excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt excitation motor-generator.
DC Compound excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt-series compound excitation motor.
AC Synchronous alternator motor.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with squirrel cage.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with wound rotor.
Dahlander three-phase (two-speeds).
Asynchronous three-phase motor with two independent speeds.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with starting capacitor.
-EMT12/SOF.
-EMT14/SOF.
-EMT15/SOF.
-EMT16/SOF.
-EMT17/SOF.
-EMT18/SOF.
-EMT19/SOF.
-EMT20/SOF.
-EMT21/SOF.
-EMT22/SOF.
Universal motor (single-phase).
Repulsion motor, single-phase with short-circuited brushes.
DC Permanent magnet motor.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with starting and running
capacitor.
Three-phase motor of squirrel cage with “Y” connection.
DC Brushless motor.
Stepper motor.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with split phase.
Three-phase Reluctance motor.
Single-phase Shaded Pole motor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 68
issue:01/11
ELECTRICAL MACHINES.MEDIUM MODULE
Ref: 0481
ITEM
1 / 3
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
VVCC
DIDACTIC DC SPEED CONTROLLER
1
2
VVCC/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR
DIDACTIC DC SPEED CONTROLLER (RESULTS
CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS)
1
3
VVCA
AC SPEED CONTROLLER
1
4
VVCA/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR AC
SPEED CONTROLLER (RESULTS CALCULATION AND
ANALYSIS)
1
5
ETT
THREE-PHASE AND SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMERS
EQUIPMENT
1
6
ETT/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
THREE-PHASE AND SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMERS
1
7
ETT/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER AND PROTECTION MODULE
(RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS)
1
8
EMPTA
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER AND PROTECTION MODULE
1
9
FREND
DYNAMO BRAKE 300W
1
10
EMT1 (1)
DC INDEPENDENT EXCITATION MOTOR
1
11
EMT2 (1)
DC SERIES EXCITATION MOTORS
1
12
EMT3 (1)
DC SHUNT EXCITATION MOTOR
1
13
EMT4 (1)
DC COMPOUND EXCITATION MOTOR
1
14
EMT6 (1)
SYNCHRONOUS ALTERNATOR MOTOR
1
15
EMT7B (1)
THREE-PHASE MOTOR OF SQUIRREL CAGE (DOUBLE)
1
16
EMT8 (1)
THREE-PHASE MOTOR
1
17
EMT9 (1)
DAHLANDER THREE-PHASE 1500/3000
1
18
EMT9B (1)
DAHLANDER THREE-PHASE (THREE SPEEDS)
1
19
EMT10 (1)
2 VELOCITIES THREE-PHASE MOTOR
1
20
EMT12 (1)
UNIVERSAL SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR
1
21
EMT14 (1)
REPULSION MOTOR
1
22
EMT15 (1)
D.C. PERMANENT MAGNETS MOTOR
1
23
EMT16 (1)
SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR WITH STARTING CONDENSER
& WORKING
1
24
EMT17 (1)
THREE-PHASE MOTOR OF SQUIRREL CAGE WITH "Y"
CONNECTION
1
25
EMT19 (1)
STEPPING MOTOR
1
26
EMT1/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DC
INDEPENDENT EXCITATION MOTOR
1
27
EMT2/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DC
SERIES EXCITATION MOTORS
1
28
EMT3/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DC
SHUNT EXCITATION MOTOR
1
29
EMT4/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF DC
COMPOUND EXCITATION MOTOR
1
WOUND ROTOR
Ref: 0481
ITEM
2 / 3
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
30
EMT6/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
SYNCHRONOUS ALTERNATOR MOTOR
1
31
EMT7B/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR
THREE-PHASE MOTOR OF SQUIRREL CAGE (DOUBLE)
1
32
EMT8/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
THREE-PHASE MOTOR WOUND ROTOR
1
33
EMT9/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
DAHLANDER THREE-PHASE TWO SPEED
1
34
EMT9B/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE FOR
DAHLANDER THREE-PHASE (THREE SPEEDS)
1
35
EMT10/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF 2
VELOCITIES THREE-PHASE MOTOR
1
36
EMT12/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
UNIVERSAL SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR
1
37
EMT14/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
REPULSION MOTOR
1
38
EMT15/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF D.C.
PERMANENT MAGNETS MOTOR
1
39
EMT16/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR WITH STARTING CONDENSER
& WORKING
1
40
EMT17/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
THREE-PHASE MOTOR OF SQUIRREL CAGE WITH "Y"
CONNECTION
1
41
EMT19/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
STEPPING MOTOR
1
42
ESAM
FAULTS SIMULATIONS TRAINER IN ELECTRICAL
MOTORS
1
43
ESAM/SOF *
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
FAULTS SIMULATIONS TRAINER IN ELECTRICAL
MOTORS
1
44
ESAE
ELECTRICAL FAULTS SIMULATION TRAINER
1
45
ESAE/SOF *
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
ELECTRICAL FAULTS SIMULATION TRAINER
1
46
EEA
ALTERNATORS STUDY UNIT
1
47
EEA/SOF *
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
ALTERNATORS STUDY UNIT
1
48
EGMG24
MOTOR-GENERATOR GROUP, THREE-PHASE 24VAC,
NO EXCITATION REQUIRED (PERMANENT MAGNETS)
1
49
EGMG24/SOF *
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
MOTOR-GENERATOR GROUP, THREE-PHASE 24VAC,
NO EXCITATION REQUIRED (PERMANENT MAGNETS)
1
50
INS/SOF
CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE
(TEACHER'S SOFTWARE)
1
51
0481PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
52
0481PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
53
0481IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP
1
54
0481CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
55
0481TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
Ref: 0481
ITEM
56
3 / 3
REFERENCE
0481MANU
DESCRIPTION
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
* Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises,
Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis.
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 20 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions included:
a) Technical conditions:
- Laboratories adaptation.
- Installation of all units supplied.
- Starting up for all units.
- Training about the exercises to be done any unit.
- Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the
teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
QTY.
1
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
Laboratory structure
1 Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit
(Intermediate option)
(Advanced option)
(Basic option)
6 Transformers:
2 Measurement Units
Other Network Analyzers:
-EALD. With Computer
Data Acquisition +
Oscilloscope (PC).
-EALDG.With Computer
Data Acquisition +
Oscilloscope (PC)+
Oscilloscope
Display.
Digital Multimeter
EAL. Network Analyzer
Unit
ETT. Three and Single
Phase Transformers
Unit
11
MUAD. Power Data Acquisition
System
-EAM-VA. Analog
Measurement Unit
-MUAD. Power Data
Acquisition System
Teaching
Technique
used
3 Loads:
RCL3R. Resistive,
Inductive and Capacitive
Loads Module
EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit
7 DC Motor Speed Control
- VVCC/M. DC Motor
Speed
Controller
VVCC. DC Motors
Speed Controller
Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB)
Individual elements:
-IND. Inductance.
or -CON. Box of condensers.
-REV. Variable resistance.
-REF. Fixed resistance.
Individual elements:
-AUTR.
Variable Autotransformer.
-TRANS. Single-phase
transformer.
or
-TRANS/3.Three-phase
transformer.
or
Data Acquisition Board (DAB)
with no other
elements
8 AC Motor Speed Control
Data Acquisition
Software(MUAD/SOF)
VVCA. AC Motors
Speed Controller
or
4 Motors:
12 CAI.
Teaching
Technique
used
(intermediate
option)
with no other
elements
9 PLC
PLC-PI. PLC Module
for the Control of
Industrial Processes
Software
- VVCA/M. AC Motor
Speed
Controller
Individual elements:
- VVCA/B. AC motors
speed controller,
Computer Aided Instruction
Software System
INS/SOF. Instructor
(intermediate
option)
Individual elements:
- VVCC/B. DC motors
speed controller,
Individual elements:
or - EDIBON FP-X-CPU. PLC,
+
with no other elements.
5 Brakes:
FRE-FE. Electronic Brake
Other brakes:
-DI-FRE. Pendular Dynamo
Brake.
-FREND. Dynamo Brake.
or
-FRENP. Magnetic Powder
Brake.
-FREPR. Prony Brake.
-FRECP. Eddy Current
Brake
EMT../SOF.
10 Tachogenerator
Student/Motor Software
TECNEL/T.
Tachogenerator
or - TECNEL/TM. Hand
Tachometer
Complete configuration
Main units:
1 Common Electrical Machines Base Units.
2 Measurement Units.
3 Loads.
4
Motors.
5
Brakes.
11
12
Complementary possibilities:
MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System.
CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software
System.
* MINIMUM CONFIGURATION:
1
+
2
Complementary elements:
6 Transformers.
7 DC Motor Speed Control.
8 AC Motor Speed Control.
9 PLC (Programmable Logic Contoller).
10
Tachogenerator.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 57
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
EME. Electrical Machines Unit
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
1
(continuation)
(continuation)
Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
EDIBON presents three alternatives with increasing complexity and practical possibilities.
- EME. Electrical Machines Unit. It is a compact unit including the main electrical functions. It is EDIBON’s most advanced option.
- EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit (intermediate option). Students can get a good grasp on the subject.
- EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit (basic option). It includes the most basic functions.
EME. Electrical Machines Unit (advanced option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
The Electrical Machines Unit (EME) is a compact and
robust box for the study of the main electrical functions. In
its front side, you find standard electrical functions, divided
in sections, for a better visualization of the different
applications. In EME, you have all the main panels you
need for analyzing an electrical machine, as measuring
devices, supply systems, management systems, protection
systems, synchronism and rectification systems, etc.
This unit is prepared for working to a maximum power of 1
KW and all the components are located within a compact
box.
Metallic box.
4.- Electricity
Diagram in the front panel.
Different modules included in the EME unit:
-Connection terminals module:
Connection terminals of three-phase: R, S and T and
supply neutral with the corresponding signaling
lamps which indicate the voltage.
There are 4 terminals in each phase.
Signaling lamp which will light up when the threephase sequence in correct.
This module also has a signaling lamp and fuse,
corresponding to the internal supply of the unit.
-Operation module:
3 Running switches.
3 Stop switches.
3 Three-pole contactors, power A, B and C, with
control circuit in alternating current. Each contactor
has 2 auxiliary terminals (NC) and 3 auxiliary
terminals (NO).
3 Lamps that will light when the contactors are started.
2 Timing realys.
Indicating lamps.
-Protection module:
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
Thermal relay.
3 Power contacts.
2 auxiliary contacts (NO and NC).
Signaling lamp.
-Synchronizing and rectification module:
3 lamps, as well as the inlet terminals for the threephases with signaling for indicating its correct
sequence.
One phase bridge rectifier, with 2 fuses with their
corresponding fusion lamps.
-Contactors module:
3 Power takes, and the selected position closes the
corresponding contact in the three phases.
-Possibility of assemblies of control circuits with delay.
* Minimum recommended measurement units:
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units:
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground,
380V.
Dimensions: 490 x 450 x 470 mm. approx.
Weight: 50 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 58
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine (with motors EMT 1/2/3/4/5/15)
1.- Preparation, regulation and inversion in a
dynamo with independent excitation.
2.- The dynamo characteristic curve without load.
3.- Dynamos with series and shunt excitation.
4.- Dynamo external characteristic curve.
5.- Dynamo characteristic regulation curve.
6.- Speed variation, inversion and stop of D.C. motor
with independent excitation.
7.- Speed-armature current characteristic curves in a
D.C. motor with shunt or independent excitation.
8.- Torque-current characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with shunt or independent excitation.
9.- Torque-speed characteristic curve in a D.C. motor
with shunt or independent excitation.
10.- Speed-excitation current characteristic curves in a
D.C. motor with independent or shunt excitation.
Operation in constant power.
11.- Speed control at constant torque.
12.- Series D.C. motor: starting, speed variation,
inversion and braking.
13.- Speed-intensity characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with series excitation.
14.- Torque-current characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with series excitation.
15.- The D.C. motor with series excitation as universal
motor.
The Synchronous Machine (with motor EMT 6)
16.- Starting, voltage and frequency regulation in a
three-phase alternator.
17.- Net coupling of a three-phase alternator.
18.- Characteristic curve of an alternator without load.
19.- Characteristic curve of an alternator in short
circuit.
20.- Characteristic curve of an alternator with load.
21.- Synchronous motor starting.
The Asynchronous Machine (with motors EMT 7/ 8/ 9/
10/ 11/ 16/ 17).
22.- Morley diagrams.
23.- Starting process of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
24.- Test without load of an asynchronous motor with
rotor in short circuit.
25.- Test with load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
26.- Starting of a three-phase asynchronous motor
with the wound rotor.
27.- Test without load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with the wound rotor.
28.- Test with load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with wound rotor.
29.- Starting and turn sense inversion of a single-phase
motor with capacitor.
30.- Test without load of a single-phase asynchronous
motor.
31.- Test in load of the single-phase motor.
The Universal motor (with motor EMT 12)
32.- The Universal motor with D.C. supply.
33.- Speed-current characteristic of an Universal
motor with D.C. supply.
34.- Torque-intensity characteristic in the D.C.
Universal motor.
35.- The universal motor eith A.C. supply.
The Repulsion motor (with motor EMT 14)
36.- Starting and inversion of a single-phase repulsion
motor.
37.- Test of a single-phase repulsion motor without
load.
38.- Test of a single-phase asynchronous repulsion
motor in A.C.
The Brushless motor (with motor EMT 18)
39.- Brushless motor starting.
40.- Speed control and change of the turn sense.
The Dahlander motor (with motor EMT 9)
41.- Dahlander motor starting.
42.- Different working speeds.
43.- Changing the different speeds of Dahlander
motor while working.
The Stepper motor (with motor EMT 19)
44.- Stepper motor starting.
45.- Steps control.
46.- Rotation sense change.
The Reluctance motor ( with motor EMT21)
47.- Star connection of the reluctance motor.
48.- Delta connection of the reluctance motor.
49.- Revolution sense and inversion of rotation.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
1
(continuation)
Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
(continuation)
EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit (intermediate option)
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
The D.C.Machine:
1.- Preparation, regulation and inversion in
a dynamo with independent excitation.
2.- The dynamo characteristic curve without
load.
3.- Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
4.- Dynamo external characteristics curve.
5.- Characteristic regulation curve of a
dynamo.
6.- Speed control at constant torque.
7.- Series D.C. motor: starting, speed
variation, inversion and braking.
The Synchronous Machine:
8.- Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three-phase alternator.
9.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
without load.
10.- Characteristic curve of an alternator in
short circuit.
11.- Characteristic curve of an alternator with
load.
12.- Synchronous motor starting.
The Asynchronous Machine:
13.- Morley diagrams.
14.- Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in short
circuit.
15.- Test without load of an asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
16.- Test with load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in short
circuit.
17.- Starting and turn sense inversion of a
single-phase motor with capacitor.
18.- Test without load of a single-phase
motor.
19.- Test in load of the single-phase motor.
The Universal motor:
20.- The universal motor with D.C. supply.
21.- Speed-current characteristic of an
Universal motor with D.C. supply.
22.- Torque-intensity characteristic in the
D.C. Universal motor.
23.- The Universal motor eith A.C. supply.
The Repulsion motor:
24.- Starting and inversion of a single-phase
repulsion motor.
25.- Test of a single-phase repulsion motor
without load.
26.- Test of a single-phase asynchronous
repulsion motor in A.C.
The Brushless motor:
27.- Brushless motor starting.
28.- Speed control and change of the turn
sense.
The Dahlander motor:
29.- Dahlander motor starting.
30.- Different working speeds.
The Reluctance motor:
31.- Star connection of the reluctance motor.
32.- Delta connection of the reluctance
motor.
33.- Revolution sense and inversion of
rotation.
EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit (basic option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
DC supply 200 V dc with fuses.
Connection Key.
Emergency stop push button.
Two push buttons (1NO + 1NC).
* Minimum recommended measurement units:
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units:
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground, 380V.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 5 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 59
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine:
1.- Preparation, regulation and
inversion in a dynamo with
independent excitation.
2.- Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
3.- Speed control at constant torque.
4.- Series D.C. Motor: starting,
speed variation, inversion and
braking.
The Asynchronous Machine:
5.- Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in
short circuit.
6.- Test without load of an
asynchronous motor with rotor in
short circuit.
The Universal motor:
7.- The Universal motor with D.C.
supply.
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
Two double switches (1 NO + 1 NC in each one)
Push Button (1 NC + 1 NO).
Three contactors with 2 NO and 1 NC.
DC supply 200 V dc with fuses.
Connection Key
Emergency stop push button.
* Minimum recommended measurement units: (see Section “2”)
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units: (see Section “2”)
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground, 380V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 25 Kg. approx.
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
2
(continuation)
(continuation)
Measurement Units
The measurement units let us extract information from the experimental unit (EME), thus allowing further process of the data. We can get values of currents, voltages, resistance,
etc. for further analysis.
MULT. Digital Multimeter
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Digital multimeter.
Voltage and current meter.
Resistances and capacitors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals, for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ± 0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EALD. Network Analyzer Unit, with Computer Data Acquisition + Oscilloscope (PC).
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ±0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Connection RS232 to computer (PC).
Data Acquisition Software.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 60
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
2
(continuation)
Measurement Units
(continuation)
EALDG. Network Analyzer Unit, with Computer Data Acquisition + Oscilloscope (PC) + Oscilloscope Display
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.- Electricity
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display and oscilloscope display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ± 0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Connection RS232 to computer (PC).
Data Acquisition Software.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EAM-VA. Analog Measurement Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit allows to analyze the different voltages and currents involved in a
circuit through a simple frontal panel that includes analog measurement
instruments.
Metallic box.
4 Voltmeters.
- A.C. Measuring Instruments with moving iron.
- Voltmeter with measuring range from 0 to 500Vac.
- Horizontal scale with precision grade of 1.5 (following norm
BS89/IEC51).
2 Ammeters.
- A.C. Measuring Instruments with moving iron.
- Ammeter with measuring range of 0 to 5A.
- Horizontal scale with precision grade of 1.5 (following norm
BS89/IEC51).
2 Analog inputs for each meter.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 40 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
MUAD. Power Data Acquisiton System. (see page 68)
Page 61
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
(continuation)
(continuation)
Loads:
RLC3R. Resistive, Inductive and Capacitive Loads Module
3
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
When you brake an electrical machine, the electrical energy has to be
dissipated. Loads provide this function, the dissipation of energy. Depending
on the experiment, the dissipating load has to be resistive, inductive or
capacitive. EDIBON recommends having the three kinds, if a good
understanding on the subject is pursued.
Our Resistive, Capacitive and Inductive Loads Module (RCL3R) offers:
Single and Three-phase resistances.
Single and Three-phase inductances.
Single and Three-phase capacitors.
Metallic box. Diagram in the front panel.
Variable resistive loads: 3 x [ 150 W (500 W) ].
Fixed resistive loads:
3 x [ 150 W (500 W) + 150 W (500 W) ].
Inductive loads:
3 x [ 0, 33, 78, 140, 193, 236 mH ].(230V /2 A)
Capacitive loads:
3 x [ 4 x 7 mF ]. (400V)
Dimensions: 490 x 450 x 470 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
4.- Electricity
Individual Elements
IND
CON
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
When a simpler and cheaper option is preferred when studying the use of
loads in electrical machines, EDIBON gives the choice of acquiring single
components. They are offered as single independent components to be
mounted by the student.
-IND. Inductance:
From 33 to 236 mH, or similar.
-CON. Box of Condensers: 7µF or similar.
-REV. Variable Resistance: 0-150Ù (500W), or similar.
-REF. Fixed Resistance :
150Ù (500W), or similar.
REV
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
REF
4
Motors
EDIBON has a wide range of electric motors. The motors supplied include connectors, couplings, standard motor support, etc.
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
EMT2
EMT3
EMT1
EMT5
EMT4
EMT6
EMT8
EMT7
EMT9
EMT11
EMT12
EMT10
EMT15
EMT16
EMT14
EMT19
EMT17
EMT20
Available Motors
EMT1. D.C. Independent excitation
motor-generator.
EMT2. D.C. Series excitation
motor-generator.
EMT3. D.C. Shunt excitation
motor-generator.
EMT4. D.C. Compound excitation
motor-generator.
EMT5. D . C . S h u n t - s e r i e s
compound excitation motor.
EMT6. A . C . S y n c h r o n o u s
alternator motor.
EMT7. Asynchronous three-phase
motor of squirrel cage.
EMT8. Asynchronous three-phase
motor with wound rotor.
EMT9. Dahlander three-phase
(two-speeds).
EMT10. Asynchronouts three-phase
motor of two independent
speeds.
EMT11. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with starting
capacitor.
EMT12. Universal motor (singlephase).
EMT14. Repulsion motor, singlephase with short-circuited
brushes.
EMT15. D.C. Permanent magnet
motor.
EMT16. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with starting and
running capacitor.
EMT17. Three-phase motor of
squirel c a g e w i t h “ Y ”
connection.
EMT18. D.C. Brushless motor.
EMT19. Stepper motor.
EMT20. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with split phase.
EMT21. Three-phase Reluctance
motor.
EMT22. Single-phase Shaded Pole
motor.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine (with motors EMT 1/ 2/
3/4/5/15)
1.-Preparation,regulationandinversionin
adynamowithindependentexcitation.
2.-Thedynamocharacteristiccurvewithout
load.
3.-Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
4.-Dynamoexternalcharacteristiccurve.
5.-Dynamo characteristic regulation
curve.
6.-Speed variation, inversion and stop of
D.C. motor with independent
excitation.
7.-Speed-armature current characteristic
curve in a D.C. motor with shunt or
independentexcitation.
8.-Torque-current characteristic curve in
a D.C. Motor with shunt or
independentexcitation.
9.-Torque-speed characteristic curve in a
D.C. Motor with shunt or independent
excitation.
10.-Speed-excitation current characteristic
curve in a D.C. Motor with independent
or shunt excitation. Operation in
constantpower.
11.-Speedcontrolatconstanttorque.
12.-Series D.C. Motor: starting, speed
variation,inversionandbraking.
13.-Speed-intensity characteristic curve
inaD.C.Motorwithseriesexcitation.
14.-Torque-current characteristic curve
inaD.C.Motorwithseriesexcitation.
15.-The D.C. Motor with series excitation
asuniversalmotor.
The Synchronous Machine (with motor
EMT6)
16.-Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three-phase
alternator.
17.-Net coupling of a three-phase
alternator.
18.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
withoutload.
19.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
inshortcircuit.
20.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
withload.
21.-Synchronousmotorstarting.
The asynchronous Machine (with motors
EMT7/8/9/10/11/16/17)
22.-Morleydiagrams.
23.-Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in
shortcircuit.
24.-Test without load of an asynchronous
motorwithrotorinshortcircuit.
More information in:
25.-Test with load of a three-phase
www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/
asynchronous motor with rotor in
en/units/electricity/machines/
shortcircuit.
LIMEL.pdf
Page 62
26.-Starting of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with the
woundrotor.
27.-Test without load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with the
woundrotor.
28.-Test with load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with wound
rotor.
29.-Starting and turn sense inversion of
a single-phase motor with
capacitor.
30.-Test without load of a single-phase
motor.
31.-Test in load of the single-phase
motor.
The Universal motor (with motor EMT
12)
32.-The universal motor with D.C.
Supply.
33.-Speed-current characteristic of an
UniversalmotorwithD.C.Supply.
34.-Torque-intensity characteristic in
theD.C.Universalmotor.
35.-The universal motor eith A.C.
Supply.
The repulsion motor (with motor EMT
14)
36.-Starting and inversion of a singlephaserepulsionmotor.
37.-Test of a single-phase repulsion
withoutload.
3 8 . -Te s t o f a s i n g l e - p h a s e
asynchronous repulsion motor
withA.C.
The Brushless motor (with motor EMT
18)
39.-Brushlessmotorstarting.
40.-Speed control and change of the
turnsense.
The Dahlander motor (with motor EMT
9)
41.-Dahlandermotorstarting.
42.-Differentworkingspeeds.
43.-Changing the different speeds of
Dahlandermotorwhileworking.
TheSteppermotor(withmotorEMT19)
44.-Steppermotorstarting.
45.-Stepscontrol.
46.-Rotationsensechange.
The Reluctance motor (with motor
EMT21)
47.-Star connection of the reluctance
motor.
48.-Delta connection of the reluctance
motor.
49.-Revolution sense and inversion of
rotation.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
5
(continuation)
Brakes
The importance of Brakes comes when we want to adjust the motor speed, measure the torque given, or stop the motor.
FRE-FE. Electronic Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
This unit is based in two elements:
1.- Module -metallic box:
Power supply:1 phase, 200-240V.
Rated output capacity:0.75 KW.
Output frequency range: 0.2 to 400 Hz.
Display to visualize voltage (V), Current (A), and Frequency (Hz).
Brake resistance included.
Torquemeter.
R.p.m. Meter.
Connectors.
2.- Braking motor mounted on a bench-support.
Connection wire between elements “1” and “2”.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V a.c., single-phase + ground.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
DI-FRE. Pendular Dynamo Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.- Electricity
Power: 250-300W.
V.Excitation: 190 V.D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.3A.
V.Armature: 200 V.D.C. I.Armature nominal: 1.5A.
Torque measured with lever and weights, by combining the mechanical
torque and electrical torque.
Security connectors.
Bench-support.
Electrical supply: 200 Vdc.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FREND. Dynamo Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Power: 250-300W.
V.Excitation: 190 V.D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.3A.
V.Armature: 200 V.D.C. I.Armature nominal: 1.5A.
Connectors.
Bench - support.
Electrical supply: 200 Vdc.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FRENP. Magnetic Powder Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
The unit consists of a magnetic powder brake, a control module an a
tachometer for the speed measurement.
The control module allows setting the nominal torque of the brake through a
potentiometer. It has two terminals to measure a voltage in direct proportion
to the current supplied to the brake, therefore, to the exerted torque.
The unit has a tachometer connected to its axis.
The unit also includes a fuse and a thermal relay to avoid eventual damages.
Max. power: 400 W, limited at 220W. Voltage: 24 Vac. Max. torque: 5 Nm.
Max. R.P.M.: 3000.
It is equipped with temperature probe to stop the braking action.
Electrical supply: 220 Vac. - 110 Vac.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FREPR. Prony Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Prony brake with resistant ribbon. Mechanical braking action and
dynamometer.
Max. Power: 500 W.
Max. Torque: 4Nm.
Max. R.P.M.: 3000.
Max. Time: 30 seconds.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FRECP. Eddy Current Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Max. Power: 500 W. Voltage: 120 Vdc. Max. Torque: 3Nm. Max. R.P. M.:
3000.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 63
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
(continuation)
(continuation)
6
Transformers
4.- Electricity
ETT. Three-phase and Single-phase Transformers Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Metallic box. Diagram in the front panel.
Single-phase transformer:
Nominal power: 500 VA. Transformation ratio: 400 / 230 V.
Inlets: 400 V and 230 V (in the primary). Number of secondary coils: 2.
Output voltage in the secondary: 115 (each one).
Maximum current in the primary: 1.5 A (for each voltage of 400 V). 3 A (for
each voltage of 230 V).
Three-phase transformer in pillars:
Nominal power: 1000 VA. Transformation ratio: 380/3 x 127 V.
Inlets: 220 V and 380 V (in the primary).
Outlet voltage in the secondary: 3 x 127 V (each phase).
Maximum current in the primary: 2 A (for a voltage of 380 V). 2 A (for
a voltage of 220 V).
Connection modes: Primary: Star, triangle / Secondary: Star, triangle, zigzag, six-phase and triple star.
Electrical supply:
For Single-phase transformer: 400-230 V / 50 Hz. or 60 Hz.
For Three-phase transformer: 380-220 V / 50 Hz. or 60 Hz.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 40 Kg. approx.
1.- Measurement of the transformation
Ratio.
2.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in open circuit.
3.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in short circuit.
4.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in load.
5.- Rehearsal of a three-phase transformer
in open circuit.
6.- Rehearsal of a three-phase transformer
in short circuit.
7.- Autotransformer tests.
8.- Connection modes tests:
Start/delta/Zig-Zag/6-phase/triple
star.
9.- Transformer ratio variation tests.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
TPPT. Three-phase Power Transformer Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The “TPPT” unit is formed by a steel box, which contains a three-phase power
transformer. In the front panel of the box are located the terminals for both
primary and secondary terminals for different power supply inputs and
outputs. In the backside are located the fuses to protect the transformer.
Diagram in the front panel.
Power: 1000 VA.
Module 1: Primary winding
It includes a three-phase winding which can be connected externally in
either star or triangle, each phase winding has a neutral terminal, a 146V
a.c. intermediate terminal and 220V a.c. terminal.
Module 2: Secondary winding
It includes a three-phase winding which can be connected externally in
either star of triangle. Each phase winding has a neutral terminal, a 127V
a.c. intermediate terminal and a 220V a.c. terminal.
This unit can be used to make 6 different a.c. connection types:
-Star (380V). - Triangle (380V). -Triangle (220V). - Triangle (380V).
-Star (380V). - Star (220V).
-Triangle (220V). - Star (220V).
-Star (380V). - Triangle (127V). -Triangle (220V). - Triangle (127V).
Electrical supply: 380-220 V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EMPTA. Auxiliary Transformer and Protection Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic Box. Diagram in the front panel.
Input and output connectors.
Thermal magnetic unit 16 A ., 2 poles. Differential 25 A., 30 mV., 230 V.
Reversible auto-transformer 125-220 (1000 VA).
Conversion from 127V. 60Hz to 220V. 50Hz.
Conversion from 220V. 50Hz to 127V. 60Hz.
Differential electrical protection. Thermal magnetic protection.
Required services: Input: 220V. 50Hz or 127V. 60Hz.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 127 V a.c.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Net weight: 3Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elements:
- AUTR.
- TRANS.
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Variable Auto-transformer.
Single-phase transformer.
Input and output connectors.
Single phase transformer, 400 Vac/230 Vac, 400 VA.
Ground connector.
- TRANS/3.Three-phase transformer.
Input and output connectors.
Three phase transformer, 400 Vac/230 Vac, 1000 VA
TRANS
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
TRANS/3
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 64
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Conversion from 127V/60Hz to 220V/
50Hz.
2.- Conversion from 220V/50Hz to 127V/
60Hz.
3.- Differential electrical protection.
4.- Thermal magnetic protection.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
7
(continuation)
DC Motor Speed Control
VVCC. DC Motor Speed Controller
This unit varies the speed of a DC motor for control applications. It works with
any DC motor available.
Metallic box.
Front panel including:
Excitation connection (2 connectors).
Rotor connection (2 connectors).
Tachodynamo connection (2 connectors).
Parameters self adjustment (torque control and speed control):
Motor torque regulator.
Motor speed regulator.
State leds indicators.
START/STOP speed controller switch.
ON/OFF main switch.
Maximum power: 550W.
Maximum torque: 2.6 Nm
Speed range: 130-2000 r.p.m.
Besides the motor speed controller, all the indicators, connecting cables and
additional components are included.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V ac., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 10 Kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Motor parameters adjustment.
2.- Working at a certain frequency.
3.- Starting carrying out by defined ramp.
4.- Braking possibility until a certain
speed and recovery.
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
VVCC/M. DC Motor Speed Controller (intermediate option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit consists in a variable transformer followed by a rectifier bridge and
an anti-ripple capacitor with a resistor to get discharged.
Metallic box.
Regulated voltage output up to ~320 Vdc.
Maximum current output 2 A.
Front panel including:
Connections:
Positive, negative and ground connections.
ON/OFF switch.
The top side of the unit include a wheel to adjust the DC output voltage up
to ~320 Vdc.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V ac., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elements:
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
-VVCC/B. DC motors speed controller, with no other elements.
Maximum power: 550W.
Maximum torque: 2.6 N.m.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 65
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
8
(continuation)
(continuation)
AC Motor Speed Control
VVCA. AC Motor Speed Controller
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.- Electricity
This is a unit for varying the speed of an AC motor for control applications. It
works with any AC motor available.
This unit enables to change the speed of an asynchronous motor, obtaining
features which characterize a direct current motor. It consists basically on a
rectifying phase coupled to another inverter phase, with a capacitor in
parallel between them. By varying the shooting frequency of the IGBT, we
obtain an alternating output at a variable frequency which is applied to the
asynchronous motor.
Metallic box. Circuit diagram in front panel.
It has a control panel in order to introduce the parameters of the motor that
is going to be used and the output frequency. In addition, through it, we can
carry out several programming. It also has a series of terminals where we
connect the digital and analog inputs and the relay and transistor outputs.
Maximum power: 750 W. Parameter self adjustment. Analog/digital
parameter inlets through panel. Turn inversion while running.
Analog parameter visualization.
Voltage Input : Frequency set according to external command: up to
50Hz. Reversible operation using +/- signal: 0 to +/-10 V. PID control.
Current input: Frequency set according to the analog input current
command: up to 50 Hz. Reversible operation: 20 to 4mA. PID control.
5 Digital inputs that can be configured by the user. 1 outlet to alarm relay. 2
transistor internal outlets. Maximum load current: 50 mA. Leak current at
OFF: 0.1 mA.
Speed range: 130-2000 r.p.m.
Besides the motor speed controller, all the indicators, connecting cables and
additional components are included.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 110 V a.c., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 600 x 600 x 150 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Motor parameters adjustment.
2.- Working at a frequency given by the
panel.
3.- Working at a frequency given by an
analog input (potentiometer).
4.- Turn inversion.
5.- Display of analog output.
6.- Digital inputs configuration.
7.- Outputs from alarm to relay.
8.- Outputs from alarm to transistor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
VVCA/M. AC Motor Speed Controller (intermediate option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit consist in a simple AC motor speed controller.
Metallic box.
Output: 3 PH, 3.0 KVA, 220 V, 1-50 Hz., 8.0 A.
Overload current thermal protection.
ON/OFF switch.
It has two blocks in the front panel:
Speed control:
Start/Stop switch.
Speed control potenciometer.
Connections to motor:
Three-phase connection to AC motor.
Ground connection.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 110 V a.c., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elemenents:
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
-VVCA/B. AC motors speed controller, with no other elements.
Frequency from 0 to 60Hz.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 66
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
9
(continuation)
PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)
The Programmable Logic Controller is a device designed for real time control of sequential processes in an industrial environment. In this case, EDIBON has developed this PLC
module for controlling the Electrical Machines Unit “EME”.
PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes
PLC-PI
+
PLC-SOF
This module has been designed for the Control of Industrial Processes. The
application has been developed to be used with any individual electric
machine.
PLC-PI. Unit:
Metallic box. Circuit diagram in the front panel.
Front panel:
Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block:
16 Digital inputs.
14 Digital outputs.
Analog inputs block:
16 Analog inputs.
Analog outputs block:
4 Analog outputs.
Touch screen.
Back panel:
Power supply connector. 2 A Fuse. RS-232 connector to PC.
Inside:
Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable.
Panasonic PLC:
High-speed scan of 0.32 msec. for a basic instruction.
Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area.
Equipped with a USB communication port.
High-speed counter.
Multi-point PID control.
Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules.
RS232 Communication wire, to computer (PC).
PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software:
The software package is always included with the PLC-PI unit, since it is
the necessary application to program the PLC-PI from the computer.
Electrical supply single-phase, 220 V. - 110 V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Control of the particular unit process
through the control interface box
without the PC.
2.- PID control.
3.- Visualization of all the sensors values
used in the particular unit process.
4.- Calibration of all sensors included in
the particular unit process.
5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved
in the particular unit process.
6.- Realization of different experiments,
in automatic way, without having in
front the particular unit. (This
experiment can be decided
previously).
7.- Simulation of outside actions, when
there are not any hardware element
present.
8.- PLC hardware general use and
manipulation.
9.- PLC process application for the
particular unit.
10.- PLC structure.
11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s
configuration.
12.- PLC configuration possibilities.
13.- PLC program languages.
14.- PLC different programming standard
languages (ladder diagram (LD),
structures text (ST), instructions list
(IL), sequential function chart (SFC),
function diagram (FBD).
15.- New configuration and development
of new process.
16.- Hand on an established process.
17.- Visualization of results and
comparisons with the particular unit
process.
18.- Possibility if creating new process in
relation with the particular unit
process.
19.- PLC Programming exercises.
20.- O w n P L C a p p l i c a t i o n s i n
accordance with teacher and student
requirements.
EDIBON FP-X/CPU. PLC, with no other elements
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Inputs: 8. Input Commons: 1.
Output: 6. Output commons: 4.
Execution time: 0.32µs. Data memory: 12,285. Bit memory: 4096. High
Speed Counter.
Interrupt: 8 input interrupt X0 to X7. Constant time interrupt (0.5ms to
30sec). Interrupt subroutine jump time: 10 micro sec .
PID: PID algorithm (with auto tuning). I-PD algorithm (with auto
tuning).10ms cycle to 100s cycle.
Dimension (w, h, d): 60 x 90 x 79mm.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
10
Tachogenerator
TECNEL/T. Tachogenerator
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The Tachogenerator, as a speed transducer, provides a means of converting
the rotational speed into an analog voltage signal. Thus, it is mainly used for
measuring the motor speed. The TECNEL/T is an automatic unit, that could
be permanently connected to the main rotor.
Output voltage gradient: 30 +/- 3% V /1000 r.p.m.
Electrical supply: continuous d.c. output 0-100 V.
Dimensions: 200 x 150 x 50 mm. approx. Weight: 1Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
TECNEL/TM. Hand Tachometer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This is a hand optical tachogenerator. It cannot be attached to the motor,
what implies that the measurements have to be taken manually.
Page 67
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines: (continuation)
Data Acquisition
11 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System
3
4
“n”
EME unit
Electric power
interface box
(EPIB)
Cable to
computer
(DAB)
Connections
points
Data acquisition
board
2
MUAD is the perfect link between the EME unit and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data
acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents
the parameters involved in the process.
MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing,
frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope.
We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the EME unit with the
supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is
connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data
Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the
undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them.
Data acquisition
software
(MUAD/SOF)
Cables to
interface
1
Student
post
This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF:
4.- Electricity
1)Hardware :
1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.):
Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later
treatment and visualisation.
Front panel separated in two: left-hand part for VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part for CURRENT
Sensors.
- 8 analog input channels.
- Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second).
- 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V.
- 4 Current sensors.
1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board :
PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot.
Bus PCI.
Analog input:
Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536.
Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second).
Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536.
Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs.
Timing: Counter/timers=2.
EPIB
DAB
2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software :
Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation:
Amicable graphical frame.
Compatible with actual Windows operating systems.
Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of different signals.
Visualization of circuit tensions on the computer screen.
Sampling rate up to 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
12
Software
CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System
With no physical connection between motor and computer, this complete package
consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student Software
(EMT../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is
the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a
virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study.
+
Motor
Instructor
Software
MUAD/SOF
Student/Motor
Software
With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor
Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them:
- Organize Students by Classes and Groups.
- Create easily new entries or delete them.
- Create data bases with student information.
- Analyze results and make statistical comparisons.
- Print reports.
- Develop own examinations.
- Detect student’s progress and difficulties.
...and many other facilities.
The Instructor Software is the same for all the motors, and working in network
configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom.
EMT../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student Software)
Explains how to use the motor and run the experiments and what to do at any moment.
Each motor has its own Student Software package.
- The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows.
- Each Software Package contains:
Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of
the studied subject.
Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has
been understood.
Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the motors,
showing how to complete the circuits and get the right information from them.
Exams: set of questions presented to test the knowledge obtained.
Available Student Software Packages:
-EMT1/SOF.
-EMT2/SOF.
-EMT3/SOF.
-EMT4/SOF.
-EMT5/SOF.
-EMT6 /SOF.
-EMT7 /SOF.
-EMT8 /SOF.
-EMT9 /SOF.
-EMT10/SOF.
-EMT11/SOF.
DC Independent excitation motor-generator.
DC Series excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt excitation motor-generator.
DC Compound excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt-series compound excitation motor.
AC Synchronous alternator motor.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with squirrel cage.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with wound rotor.
Dahlander three-phase (two-speeds).
Asynchronous three-phase motor with two independent speeds.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with starting capacitor.
-EMT12/SOF.
-EMT14/SOF.
-EMT15/SOF.
-EMT16/SOF.
-EMT17/SOF.
-EMT18/SOF.
-EMT19/SOF.
-EMT20/SOF.
-EMT21/SOF.
-EMT22/SOF.
Universal motor (single-phase).
Repulsion motor, single-phase with short-circuited brushes.
DC Permanent magnet motor.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with starting and running
capacitor.
Three-phase motor of squirrel cage with “Y” connection.
DC Brushless motor.
Stepper motor.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with split phase.
Three-phase Reluctance motor.
Single-phase Shaded Pole motor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 68
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
EMT-S. Cut Away Motors:
Available cut away motors:
-EMT1-S.
-EMT2-S.
-EMT3-S.
-EMT4-S.
-EMT5-S.
-EMT6-S.
-EMT7-S.
DC Independent excitation motor-generator.
DC Series excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt excitation motor-generator.
DC Compound excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt-series compound excitation motor.
AC Synchronous alternator motor.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with
squirrel cage.
-EMT8-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with wound
rotor.
-EMT9-S. Dahlander three-phase (two-speeds).
-EMT10-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with two
independent speeds.
-EMT11-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting capacitor.
-EMT12-S. Universal motor (single-phase).
-EMT14-S. Repulsion motor, single-phase with shortcircuited brushes.
-EMT15-S. DC Permanent magnet motor.
-EMT16-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting and running capacitor.
-EMT17-S. Three-phase motor of squirrel cage with “Y”
connection.
-EMT18-S. DC Brushless motor.
-EMT19-S. Stepper motor.
-EMT20-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with split
phase.
-EMT21-S. Three-phase Reluctance motor.
-EMT22-S. Single-phase Shaded Pole motor.
ESAM. Faults Simulation Trainer in Electrical Motors
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAM.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Detection of fault on a phase.
2.- Detection of fault on the supply
voltage.
3.- Coils with turns in short circuit.
4.- Measurement the resistance of the
windings.
5.- Detection of open-ended coil.
6.- Detection of short circuit in coils from
different phase.
7.- Measurement the resistance
between coils from different
phases.
8.- Detection of ground fault.
9.- Measurement of the insulation
resistance between the winding and
the motor case.
10.- Motor in star connection.
11.- Motor in delta connection.
ESAE. Electrical Faults Simulation Trainer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the
elements in the real unit.
With this trainer the following troubles or faults, among others, may be fixed
and determined:
-Power off.
-Fuse blown.
-Defective main circuit broker. Defective leak current coil relay.
-Ground fault.
-Detection of fault on the supply voltage.
-Capacitor:Starting capacitor open and run capacitor open, starting
capacitor shorted and run capacitor shorted.
-Thermostat contacts stuck open and closed.
-Relay contacts stuck closed. Relay windings open.
-Fan:Fan motor windings open and shorted. Fan relay windings open and
shorted. Fan relay contacts stuck closed. Fan relay contacts are rusting. Fan
thermostat contacts stuck closed. Fan thermostat sensor bulb stuck
opened.
-Motor: Starting motor windings open and shorted. Running motor
windings open and shorted.
-Compressor: Thermal overload open. Compressor motor winding
grounded.
-Low voltage.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 400 x 330 x 400 mm. approx.
Weight: 10 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAE.pdf
EEA. Alternators Study Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Unit for the study of alternators. Starting, operation and regulation of an
alternator without load, half load and full load.
The unit comprises:
Base structure (painted steel and anodized aluminium).
Couplings. Connectors.
EMT7. Asyncrhonous Three-phase motor of squirrel cage:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 2769 r.p.m. (50Hz), 3330 r.p.m. (60Hz).
Connections: Star/triangle.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz. V.Armature:230/400V (50Hz), 250/440V.
(60Hz). I.Armature nominal:1A-0.7A.
EMT6. A. C. Syncrhonous alternator motor:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 3000 r.p.m. Frequency: 50Hz.
Connections: Star/triangle.
V.excitation nominal: 220V D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.59A.
V.Armature.: 3x220/380V.
VVCA/B. AC motors speed controller:
This unit enables to change the speed of an asynchronous motor,
obtaining features which characterize a motor.
Maximum power: 750 W. Frequency from 0 to 60Hz.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 750 mm x 250 mm x 250mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three -phase
alternator.
2.- Typical practices for a three-phase
alternator.
3.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
without load.
4.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
in short circuit.
5.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
with load.
6.- Synchronous motor starting.
7.- Working at a frequency given.
8.- Curves in V at constant power (1/4,
1/3, ½,1) PN and different power
factors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/EEA.pdf
Page 69
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Teaching trainer for the simulation of non-destructive faults in three-phase
motors. Application of diagnostic and localization.
Unit and motor are mounted in a painted steel structure.
Unit:
Steel box.
Electrical diagram of the motor on the front panel. The motor can be
connected in star or delta connection.
Connections for the measurements. The resistance of the windings can be
measured. Pilot lamps. 6-position selector for the selection of the fault
sequences. Switch for faults activation.
Faults are implemented by means a PLC and internal relays. This lets the
motor can keep on working in different conditions when certain faults are
caused.
6 fuses of 2A to protect the motor.
Automatic Magnetothermal Differential switch.
Dahlander three-phase motor (0.3 to 0.5 CV), including cable and
connector.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 800 mm x 400 mm x 400 mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
ERP. Protection Relay Test:
4.- Electricity
ERP-UB. Protection and Relay Test Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
This is a teaching unit which gives students theoretical and practical
experience with several industrial relays.
Unit designed for comprehensive investigations into the theory and practice
of electrical power system protection.
This unit is common for the relays modules type “ERP” and can use one or
more relays.
Anodized aluminium structure. Panels and main metallic elements in
stainless steel.
Floor-standing unit. It uses genuine industrial relays, not simulations, with
full range of safety features incorporated throughout.
Diagrams on the unit enable students to set up and perform practices and
experiments with minimal supervision.
Comprehensive controls, transformers, supplies and instrumentation.
It includes desk space for users or students to work on, and mounting area
for relays.
It is supplied with relay support software.
Selection of up-to-date numerical protection relays, specially adapted for
educational use. (See available relays).
Unit controls and instrumentations specifications:
0 to 10 A variable current supply.0 to 220 V variable voltage supply.
2 fault limiting resistors. Timed fault application circuit breaker.
Configurable tapped transformer with delta or star secondary. Variable
three-phase load star connected. Variable three-phase load delta
connected. 2 sets of three-phase voltage transformers. 4 sets of threephase current transformers. Mains isolator.
Test circuits:
Configurable transformer test circuit. Relay test area. Transmission line
model (5 x 50 km).
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 2500mm x 1000mm x 1800mm. Weight: 600 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of a variety of
different industrial relays.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
ERP-SFT. Overcurrent and Earth Fault Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with the Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB), to enable
investigations into protection and monitoring of transformers, transmission
lines and distribution schemes.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial over current and earth fault relay presented in an
educational and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
Three-phase earth and overcurrent: three independent stages, the first
stage selectable from any of 12 IDMT curves, the remaining stages
having a direct time characteristic (ANSI 50/51 and ANSI 50N/51N).
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49). High impedance restricted earth
fault (ANSI 64N). Undercurrent (ANSI 37). Broken conductor detection
(ANSI 46BC). Negative phase sequence overcurrent - two independent
stages (ANSI 46). Selectable blocking. Circuit monitoring. Trend, fault
and disturbance records.
The connection to the experimental circuit is via current transformers with
ratio to suit the inputs of the relay.
It allows an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 5%. Current: 1 A (A.C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz.Operating
time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490mm x 400mm x 310mm.
Weight: 10 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the characteristics
and performance of an industrial over
current and earth fault relay.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
ERP-SDND. Directional/Non Directional Overcurrent Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with the Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB), to enable
investigations into protection and monitoring of generator and transformer
schemes, overhead lines, underground cables and backup on high-voltage
systems.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial directional/non directional overcurrent relay presented
in an educational and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
Three independent stages of directional/non-directional phase
overcurrent (ANSI 50, ANSI 51, ANSI 67). Undercurrent (ANSI 37).
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49). Negative phase sequence
overcurrent (ANSI 46). Overvoltage (ANSI 59). Undervoltage (ANSI 27).
Directional/non-directional earth fault (ANSI 67N, ANSI 50N, ANSI
51N). Creating fault and disturbance records. Selectable blocking.
The connection to the experimental circuit is via current transformers with
ratio to suit the inputs of the relay.
It allows an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 10%. Current: 1 A (A. C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz.
Operating time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490mm x 400mm x 310mm.
Weight: 15 Kg.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
Page 70
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of an industrial
directional/non directional
overcurrent relay.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
ERP. Protection Relay Test: (continuation)
ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB) , to enable
investigations into protection of transformers, autotransformers, generators
and other apparatus with two windings.
It demonstrates the characteristics of three-phase differential protection.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial differential protection relay presented in an educational
and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
Differential protection (ANSI 87). Thermal overload protection (ANSI
49). Definete time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50P, ANSI 50Q and
ANSI 50N/G). Inverse time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51P, ANSI 51Q
and ANSI 51N/G).
Connection to the primary and secondary windings of the experimental is
circuit via current transformers with ratio to suit the inputs of the relay. This
provides an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 5%. Current: 1 A (A. C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz. Operating
time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490x400x310 mm.
Weight: 15 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of an industrial
differential protection relay.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
ERP-MA. Feeder Management Relay Module
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of an industrial
feeder management relay.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with the Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB), to enable
investigations into protection and monitoring of overhead transmission
lines.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial distance protection relay presented in an educational
and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
Full scheme phase and ground distance protection, up to five zones
(ANSI 21G and ANSI 21P). Directional/non-directional earth fault
(ANSI 50N, ANSI 51N, ANSI 67N). Directional/non-directional
phase overcurrent (ANSI 50, ANSI 51, ANSI 67). Directional/nondirectional negative sequence overcurrent (ANSI 46, ANSI 67).
Broken conductor. Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49). Creating
fault and disturbance records. Blocking of any one protection
element.
The connection to the experimental circuit is via current transformers with
ratio to suit the inputs of the relay.
It allows an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 10%. Current: 1 A (A. C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz. Operating
time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490x400x310 mm.
Weight: 15 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of an industrial
distance protection relay.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
Page 71
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with the Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB), to enable
investigations into protection and monitoring of overhead lines and
underground cables.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial feeder management relay presented in an educational
and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
4 independent stages of directional/non-directional overcurrent
(ANSI 50, ANSI 51, ANSI 67). Directional/non-directional earth fault
(ANSI 50N, ANSI 51N, ANSI 67N). Sensitive directional/nondirectional earth fault. Sensitive directional earth fault. Wattmetric
earth fault (ANSI 32N). Restricted earth fault (ANSI 64N).
Directional/non-directional negative sequence overcurrent (ANSI
46, ANSI 67). Under and overvoltage (ANSI 27, ANSI 59). Thermal
overload protection (ANSI 49). Residual overvoltage (ANSI 59N).
Under and over frequency. Negative sequence overvoltage (ANSI
47). Selectable blocking. Broken conductor. Creating fault and
disturbance records.
The connection to the experimental circuit is via current transformers with
ratio to suit the inputs of the relay.
It allows an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 10%. Current: 1 A (A. C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz. Operating
time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490x400x310 mm.
Weight: 15 Kg.
issue:01/11
ELECTRICAL MACHINES. ADVANCED MODULE
Ref: 0482
ITEM
1 / 2
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
DI-FRE
PENDULAR DYNAMO BRAKE 1,1 KW
1
2
PLC-PI
PLC MODULE
1
3
EALDG
NETWORK ANALYCER UNIT WITH COMPUTER DATA
ACQUISITION + OSCILLOSCOPE (PC) +
OSCILLOSCOPE DISPLAY
1
4
TECNEL
TEACHING EQUIPMENT FOR STUDY OF POWER
ELECTRONICS, COMPUTER CONTROLLED.
(CONVERTERS: DC/AC+AC/DC+DC/DC+AC/AC).
FORMED BY:
TEACHING EQUIPMENT FOR STUDY OF POWER
ELECTRONICS INCLUDING CONTROL INTERFACE
DATA ACQUISITION BOARD
COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR TEACHING EQUIPMENT
FOR STUDY OF POWER ELECTRONICS (CONVERTERS:
DC/AC+AC/DC+DC/DC+AC/AC)
1
TECNEL.Unit
DAB
TECNEL/CCSOF
1
1
1
5
TECNEL/T
TACHODYNAMO 60 V,1000 R.P.M
1
6
RCL3R
RESISTIVE,INDUCTIVE AND CAPACITIVE LOADS
MODULE
1
7
EMT15 (1)
D.C. PERMANENT MAGNETS MOTOR
1
8
EMT17 (1)
THREE-PHASE MOTOR OF SQUIRREL CAGE WITH "Y"
CONNECTION
1
9
SERIN-CC
INDUSTRIAL SERVOSYSTEMS TRAINER, USING DSP
(FOR D.C. MOTORS), COMPUTER CONTROLLED.
FORMED BY:
INDUSTRIAL SERVOSYSTEMS TRAINER USING DSP
(FOR D.C. MOTORS)
DATA ACQUISITION BOARD
COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR NDUSTRIAL
SERVOSYSTEMS TRAINER, USING DSP (FOR D.C.
MOTORS)
1
SERIN-CC/BOX
DAB
SERIN-CC/CCSOF
1
1
1
10
SERIN-CC/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR
INDUSTRIAL SERVOSYSTEMS (FOR D.C. MOTORS)
(RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS)
1
11
SERIN-CA
INDUSTRIAL SERVOSYSTEMS TRAINER, USING DSP
(FOR A.C. MOTORS), COMPUTER CONTROLLED.
FORMED BY:
INDUSTRIAL SERVOSYSTEMS TRAINING USING DSP
(FOR A.C. MOTORS), INCLUDING CONTROL
INTERFACE
DATA ACQUISITION BOARD
COMPUTER CONTROL + DATA ACQUISITION + DATA
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE FOR NDUSTRIAL
SERVOSYSTEMS TRAINER, USING DSP (FOR A.C..
MOTORS)
1
SERIN-CA/BOX
DAB
SERIN-CA/CCSOF
1
1
1
12
SERIN-CA/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR
INDUSTRIAL SERVOSYSTEMS (FOR D.C. MOTORS)
(RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS)
1
13
EMT18 (1)
BRUSHLESS MOTOR
1
14
EMT20 (1)
SPLIT PHASE MOTOR
1
15
EMT21 (1)
THREE-PHASE RELUCTANCE MOTOR
1
16
EMT21 (1)
THREE-PHASE RELUCTANCE MOTOR
1
Ref: 0482
2 / 2
ITEM
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
17
EMT22 (1)
SINGLE-PHASE SHAHED POLE MOTOR
1
18
0452PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
19
0452PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
20
0452IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP
1
21
0452CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
22
0452TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
23
0452MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions:
a) Technical conditions included:
-
Laboratories adaptation.
Installation of all units supplied.
Starting up for all units.
Training about the exercises to be done with any unit.
- Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and
the teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
. Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
2.6- Industrial Electronics
Electronics
2.- Electronics
TECNEL. Computer Controlled Teaching Unit for the Study of Power Electronics. (Converters: DC/AC+AC/DC+DC/DC+AC/AC)
Always included
in the supply:
Teaching
Technique
used
RTC. EDIBON Real Time Control System
Control
Interface
included
in the unit
1
Unit: TECNEL. Teaching Unit for the Study of Power
Electronics, including Control Interface.
2
3
Data
Acquisition
Board
Software for:
- Computer Control
- Data Acquisition
- Data Management
4 Cables and Accessories
5 Manuals
(Converters: DC/AC+ AC/DC+DC/DC+AC/AC).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Items supplied as standard
TECNEL Unit:
Unit with Computer Control and Data Acquisition System designed to study the basis of Power
Electronics. It allows students to study AC/DC, DC/AC, DC/DC, AC/AC converters.
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit.
Front panel: Diodes module: 6 diodes. Thyristors module: 6 thyristors. IGBTS Module: 6 IGBTS.
Snubber net. Sensors module: 4 voltage sensors, 2 current sensors. Power supply
connections for Vr, Vs, Vt, Neutral and Ground. Practices schemes.
Back panel: Data Acquisition Board Connector (SCSI connector). Tachodynamo connector. Main fuses
(Vr, Vs, Vt) and LEDs. Circuit breaker (main switch).
Single-phase driver. Three-phase driver. IGBT driver. TSI board. PIC board. SKHI61 board. Four relays
board. 2 Three-phase relays. Commuted power supply. Three-phase magnetothermal.
Control interface.
2 DAB. Data Acquisition Board:
PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs.
Sampling rate up to: 250 KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs.
3 TECNEL/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software:
Registration and visualization of all process variables in an automatic and simultaneously way. Flexible,
open and multicontrol software, developed with actual windows graphic systems, acting simultaneously
on all process parameters. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling
velocity up to 250,000 data per second. Comparative analysis of the obtained data, after to the
process and modification of the conditions during the process.
4 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm.
Weight: 40 Kg.
1
1.- Single phase half-wave
rectifier with load R.
2.- Single phase half-wave
rectifier with load R-L.
3.- Single-phase half-wave
rectifier with R-L load with
free wheeling diode
(FWD).
4.- Single-phase full-wave
rectifier.
5.- Three-phase half-wave
uncontrolled rectifier.
6.- Three-phase full-wave
uncontrolled rectifier.
7.- Single-phase half-wave
controlled rectifier.
8.- Single-phase full-wave
controlled rectifier.
9.- Single-phase full-wave
controlled rectifier with a
DC motor.
10.- Three-phase full-wave
completely controlled.
11.- S i n g l e - p h a s e s e m i
controlled rectifier.
12.- Three-phase full-wave
semi-controlled rectifier.
13.- Chopper.
14.- Single-phase square-wave
inverter.
15.- Single-phase displaced
phase inverter.
16.- Single-phase inverter.
PWM control.
17.- Three -phase inverter.
PWM control with R load
and R-L load.
18.- Three -phase inverter.
PWM control with AC
motor.
19.- Alternating regulators: R
and R-L load.
20.- Asynchronous three-motor
with rotor in short circuit
(squirrel cage).
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/industrial/
TECNEL.pdf
TECNEL/B. Computer Controlled Basic Teaching Unit for the Study of Power Electronics. (Converters: AC/DC+AC/AC)
Always included
in the supply:
Teaching
Technique
used
RTC. EDIBON Real Time Control System
Control
Interface
included
in the unit
2
3
Data
Acquisition
Board
Software for:
- Computer Control
- Data Acquisition
- Data Management
4 Cables and Accessories
5 Manuals
1
Unit: TECNEL/B. Basic Teaching Unit for the Study of Power
Electronics, including Control Interface.
(Converters: AC/DC+AC/AC).
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Items supplied as standard
TECNEL/B Unit:
Unit with Computer Control and Data Acquisition System designed to study the basis of Power Electrics. It allows students to
study AC/DC, AC/AC converters.
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit.
Front panel: Diodes module: 6 diodes. Thyristors module: 6 thyristors. Snubber net. Sensors module: 4 voltage sensors, 2
current sensors. Power supply connections for Vr, Vs, Vt, Neutral and Ground. Practices schemes.
Back panel: Data Acquisition Board connector (SCSI connector). Tachodynamo connector. Main fuses (Vr, Vs, Vt) and LEDs.
Circuit breaker (main switch).
Single-phase driver. Three-phase driver. TSI board. Four relays board. 2 Three-phase relays. Commuted power supply. Threephase magnetothermal. Control Interface.
2 DAB. Data Acquisition Board:
PCI Data acquisition National Instruments board to be placed in a computer slot. 16 Analog inputs. Sampling rate up to: 250
KS/s. 2 Analog outputs. 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs.
3 TECNEL/B/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software:
Registration and visualization of all process variables in an automatic and simultaneously way. Flexible, open and multicontrol
software, developed with actual windows graphic systems, acting simultaneously on all process parameters. Management,
processing, comparison and storage of data. Sampling velocity up to 250,000 data per second. Comparative analysis of the
obtained data, after to the process and modification of the conditions during the process.
4 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm.
Weight: 35 Kg.
1
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/industrial/TECNEL-B.pdf
Page 26
1.- Single phase half-wave rectifier with
load R.
2.- Single phase half-wave rectifier with
load R-L.
3.- Single-phase half-wave rectifier
with R-L load with free wheeling
diode (FWD).
4.- Single-phase full-wave rectifier.
5.- T h r e e - p h a s e h a l f - w a v e
uncontrolled rectifier.
6.- Three-phase full-wave uncontrolled
rectifier.
7.- Single-phase half-wave controlled
rectifier.
8.- Single-phase full-wave controlled
rectifier.
9.- Single-phase full-wave controlled
rectifier with a DC motor.
10.- Three-phase full-wave completely
controlled.
11.- Single -phase semi- controlled
rectifier.
12.- Three -phase full-wave semicontrolled rectifier.
13.- Alternating regulators: R and R-L
load.
2.6-Basic
Industrial
Electronics
2.1Electronics
(continuation)
2.- Electronics
SERIN/CA. Computer Controlled Industrial Servosystems Trainer (for AC motors)
Always included
in the supply:
Teaching
Technique
used
RTC. EDIBON Real Time Control System
2
Control Interface Box
Motor
3 Cables and Accessories
Unit: SERIN/CA. Industrial Servosystems Trainer (for AC motors)
1
Software for:
- Computer Control
- Data Acquisition
- Data Management
4 Manuals
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Items supplied as standard
SERIN/CA Unit:
The SERIN/CA trainer consists on an Control Interface Box connected to a three-phase motor and to a PC. The control
interface has a resolver for three-phase motors that controls the speed, position and current of the
motor. The RS232 communication between the control interface and the PC provides the SERIN/CA the possibility of
commanding the motor from the PC and visualize the most important signals of the motor. Velocity, Position and Torque
Control. It allows predefined moves and programming.
Control Interface Box:
Front panel:
3 Digital outputs: They have a green LED that indicates if the output is active or not. Emulative encoder outputs: two pair
of outputs (CH A Out, CH B Out and their respective denied outputs) that are TTL signals of incremental position
generated by the resolver feedback, and one pair of outputs (CH S Out and their denied) that TTL works as marker of
pulses. Analog output 4 (relay). Analog outputs of the DAC monitor: these analog outputs are monitored points of
general character. 6 digital inputs for those signals that are introduced to enable the different available functions in the
software. 6 buttons to enable the digital inputs. 6 switches, with the same function as the buttons, but with the only
difference that they are switches. Switch outfitter of digital inputs: there is a switch that enables the digital inputs. Analog
input: this input allows an analog use directly of the user. It is an A/D input. Voltage supply: 3 sources of D.C. in the unit
(+24 V. , +12V., and -12V. DC.) 2 Potentiometers. Ignition switch.
Back panel:
Voltage supply (220 V A.C.). Three-phase output when solving: it is a three-phase output that feeds when you are solving
and, therefore, allows their movement. Connection port in series: to connect the unit with the PC by the port in series.
Connection with the feedback: it is a connection with the motor feedback. It allows the encoder to manage the motor.
Motor: AC motor, 0.7kW, 2.8A ac, 4200 rpm, 320V dc. Sensor RESOLVER :1 Speed, 1X/RX, 3 phase.
2 SERIN/CA/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software:
Registration and visualization of signals in an automatic and simultaneously way. Flexible, open and multicontrol software.
Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Comparative analysis of the obtained data, after to the process
and modification of the conditions during the process.
3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 40 Kg. Motor:410 x 170 x 150 mm. Weight: 5 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1
1.-Homing.
2.-Clutch/Control.
3.-Turn movement (w/correction
phase).
4.-Registration movements.
5.-Dry movements.
6.-Stop and blockade. Transitory
states.
7.-Stop and blockade. Influence on
the filtered velocity.
8.-Transitory velocity study.
9.-Feedback gain manage.
10.- M o d i f i c a t i o n
of
Fe e d b a c k
Parameters and Phases U, V and W.
11.-Use and modification of the
feedback filters.
12.-Phase voltages U, V and W showing.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/industrial/SERIN-CA.pdf
SERIN/CC. Computer Controlled Industrial Servosystems Trainer (for DC motors)
Always included
in the supply:
RTC. EDIBON Real Time Control System
Control
Interface Box
Direct Current
Motor and Encoder
Module
1
Teaching
Technique
used
2 Software for:
3 Cables and Accessories
- Computer Control
- Data Acquisition
- Data Management
4 Manuals
Unit: SERIN/CC. Industrial Servosystems Trainer (for DC motors)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Items supplied as standard
SERIN/CC Unit:
It is formed by a Control Interface Box and a Direct Current Motor and Encoder Module. The Control Interface Box has a 4quadrants servo amplifier for DC motors that controls the motor speed, position and current of the motor. In order to do
this control the feedback is done thanks to an encoder. The RS232 communication between the Control Interface Box and
the computer (PC) provides the possibility of commanding the motor from the PC and to visualize the most important signals
of the motor. The 4-quadrant servo amplifier controls the motor operation and the braking operation in both rotation
directions clockwise and counterclockwise. Velocity, Position and Torque Control.
It allows predefined moves and programming. Control Interface Box:
Front panel:Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the elements in the real unit.
7 Digital outputs: They have led’s that indicate if the outputs are active or not. 13 Digital inputs: 7 user definable digital
inputs for process control,1 digital input (trigger signal), 3 digital inputs: reference, left limit and right limit, 2 digital
inputs power stage and stop. 2 Analog inputs with voltages in the range of 0-5V. 2 Potentiometers to select the value of
the analog inputs (0-5 V DC). Ignition Switch.
Back panel:
Voltage supply that feeds the unit with 220 V of alternating current. Motor power supply: it is a 24 V DC motor power
supply. Connection plug to connect the Control Interface with the PC by the RS-232 port, in order to allow the software
to manage the motor. Connection with the motor Feedback, it allows the encoder to manage the motor.
Direct Current Motor and Encoder Module:
DC Motor, 90W, position, speed and current are controlled by the Control Interface. Digital encoder, 500 pulses per
revolution, with RS232 communication port.
2 Power supply wires. 2 Communication RS232 wires.
2 SERIN/CC/CCSOF.Computer Control+Data Acquisition+Data Management Software:
Registration and visualization of signals in an automatic and simultaneously way. Flexible, open and multicontrol
software. Management, processing, comparison and storage of data. Comparative analysis of the obtained data, after to
the process and modification of the conditions during the process.
3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. Weight: 40 Kg. Motor+Esconder Module:300x300x120 mm. Weight: 5Kg.
1
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Autotuning.
2.- Manual tuning of the position
regulator.
3.- Motion commands in MPBUS RS232
mode.
4.- Signals Graph, Transient Analysis.
5.- Batch Commands.
6.- User´s parameters, Position Val.,
velocity Val., Acceleration Val.
7.- Digital inputs and outputs in I/O
mode.
8.- Load and braking simulation.
9.- Searching reference.
10.- Input/Output functions.
11.- State commands and Exception.
12.- Velocity, Position and Torque control.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electronics/industrial/SERIN-CC.pdf
Page 27
www.edibon.com
2.6- Industrial Electronics
2.- Electronics
3
(continuation)
SERIN/CCB. Servosystems Trainer (DC motors)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
“SERIN/CCB” is an unit whose goal is studing low
power servo systems. It is a low power DC motor speed
control trainer that has a breakdown simulator.
This trainer is a basic version of the Advanced and
Computerised “SERIN/CC” Trainer, being advisable
for an introductory study of closed and open loop
control systems.
The trainer includes:
Base Unit:
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel with similar
distribution that the elements in the real unit.
Electromechanic unit. Tachometric adaptor.
Generation and control of set point. Ramp
generator, as well as of sinusoidal, triangular and
square wave generator. PWM modulator.
Open loop control.
Close loop control:
Proportional Control (P). Integrative
Proportional Control (PI). Proportional derivative
Control (PD). Proportional Integrative derivative
(PID).
Current limiter. Turn inversion control. Stop/starting
control. Power stage and excitation of the power
stage. Brake control.
Fault simulator that allows the entries of a
considerable amount of disfunctions in order to the
students diagnose its nature and find out the
components that cause them. Possibility to make
entries of disfunctions in only one or in some
circuits.
Direct current motor (DC) and tachometric generator.
Computer Control Software.
Cables and accessories, necessary for its correct
operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions (approx.) =400 x 330 x 310 mm.
Weight: 10 Kg.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electronics/industrial/
SERIN-CCB.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Some Practical Possibilities of the Unit:
1.- Open loop control response.
2.- Demonstration of a stopping ramp functioning.
3.- F unctioning of a PWM modulator and the response of
the system.
4.- Closed loop or feedback control through a Proportional
controller (P).
5.- Closed loop or feedback control through a Derivative
controller (I).
6.- Closed loop or feedback control through a ProportionalIntegral controller (PI).
7.- Closed loop or feedback control through a ProportionalDerivative controller (PD).
8.- A chievement of an over damped system using a closed
loop system.
9.- Achievement of a critically damped system using a closed
loop PID.
10.- Instability, a characteristic of closed loop system.
11.- Stabilisation of an unstable system.
12.- Fault simulation:
Type fault including on the unit:
Fault 1: The absolute value of the feedback signal from the
tachogenerator is not calculated for its
subtraction from the reference, thus, for one of the
turning senses, the error is wrong.
Fault 2: The value of the Proportional constant of the PID is
divided by ten with the user unable to detect it but
its effect.
Fault 3: The value of the Integral constant of the PID is
divided by ten with the user unable to detect it but
its effect.
Fault 4: The value of the Derivative constant of the PID is
divided by ten with the user unable to detect it but
its effect.
Fault 5: The signal from the tachogenerator is modified,
making the PID control to believe that the speed is
ten times lower to the real one.
None of these faults are exclusive, being possible to
combine them.
SERIN/CAB. Servosystems Trainer (AC motors)
SERIN/CACC. Computer Controlled Industrial Servosystems Trainer (for AC and DC motors)
Page 28
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
Laboratory structure
1 Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit
(Intermediate option)
(Advanced option)
(Basic option)
6 Transformers:
2 Measurement Units
Other Network Analyzers:
-EALD. With Computer
Data Acquisition +
Oscilloscope (PC).
-EALDG.With Computer
Data Acquisition +
Oscilloscope (PC)+
Oscilloscope
Display.
Digital Multimeter
EAL. Network Analyzer
Unit
ETT. Three and Single
Phase Transformers
Unit
11
MUAD. Power Data Acquisition
System
-EAM-VA. Analog
Measurement Unit
-MUAD. Power Data
Acquisition System
Teaching
Technique
used
3 Loads:
RCL3R. Resistive,
Inductive and Capacitive
Loads Module
EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit
7 DC Motor Speed Control
- VVCC/M. DC Motor
Speed
Controller
VVCC. DC Motors
Speed Controller
Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB)
Individual elements:
-IND. Inductance.
or -CON. Box of condensers.
-REV. Variable resistance.
-REF. Fixed resistance.
Individual elements:
-AUTR.
Variable Autotransformer.
-TRANS. Single-phase
transformer.
or
-TRANS/3.Three-phase
transformer.
or
Data Acquisition Board (DAB)
with no other
elements
8 AC Motor Speed Control
Data Acquisition
Software(MUAD/SOF)
VVCA. AC Motors
Speed Controller
or
4 Motors:
12 CAI.
Teaching
Technique
used
(intermediate
option)
with no other
elements
9 PLC
PLC-PI. PLC Module
for the Control of
Industrial Processes
Software
- VVCA/M. AC Motor
Speed
Controller
Individual elements:
- VVCA/B. AC motors
speed controller,
Computer Aided Instruction
Software System
INS/SOF. Instructor
(intermediate
option)
Individual elements:
- VVCC/B. DC motors
speed controller,
Individual elements:
or - EDIBON FP-X-CPU. PLC,
+
with no other elements.
5 Brakes:
FRE-FE. Electronic Brake
Other brakes:
-DI-FRE. Pendular Dynamo
Brake.
-FREND. Dynamo Brake.
or
-FRENP. Magnetic Powder
Brake.
-FREPR. Prony Brake.
-FRECP. Eddy Current
Brake
EMT../SOF.
10 Tachogenerator
Student/Motor Software
TECNEL/T.
Tachogenerator
or - TECNEL/TM. Hand
Tachometer
Complete configuration
Main units:
1 Common Electrical Machines Base Units.
2 Measurement Units.
3 Loads.
4
Motors.
5
Brakes.
11
12
Complementary possibilities:
MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System.
CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software
System.
* MINIMUM CONFIGURATION:
1
+
2
Complementary elements:
6 Transformers.
7 DC Motor Speed Control.
8 AC Motor Speed Control.
9 PLC (Programmable Logic Contoller).
10
Tachogenerator.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 57
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
EME. Electrical Machines Unit
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
1
(continuation)
(continuation)
Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
EDIBON presents three alternatives with increasing complexity and practical possibilities.
- EME. Electrical Machines Unit. It is a compact unit including the main electrical functions. It is EDIBON’s most advanced option.
- EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit (intermediate option). Students can get a good grasp on the subject.
- EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit (basic option). It includes the most basic functions.
EME. Electrical Machines Unit (advanced option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
The Electrical Machines Unit (EME) is a compact and
robust box for the study of the main electrical functions. In
its front side, you find standard electrical functions, divided
in sections, for a better visualization of the different
applications. In EME, you have all the main panels you
need for analyzing an electrical machine, as measuring
devices, supply systems, management systems, protection
systems, synchronism and rectification systems, etc.
This unit is prepared for working to a maximum power of 1
KW and all the components are located within a compact
box.
Metallic box.
4.- Electricity
Diagram in the front panel.
Different modules included in the EME unit:
-Connection terminals module:
Connection terminals of three-phase: R, S and T and
supply neutral with the corresponding signaling
lamps which indicate the voltage.
There are 4 terminals in each phase.
Signaling lamp which will light up when the threephase sequence in correct.
This module also has a signaling lamp and fuse,
corresponding to the internal supply of the unit.
-Operation module:
3 Running switches.
3 Stop switches.
3 Three-pole contactors, power A, B and C, with
control circuit in alternating current. Each contactor
has 2 auxiliary terminals (NC) and 3 auxiliary
terminals (NO).
3 Lamps that will light when the contactors are started.
2 Timing realys.
Indicating lamps.
-Protection module:
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
Thermal relay.
3 Power contacts.
2 auxiliary contacts (NO and NC).
Signaling lamp.
-Synchronizing and rectification module:
3 lamps, as well as the inlet terminals for the threephases with signaling for indicating its correct
sequence.
One phase bridge rectifier, with 2 fuses with their
corresponding fusion lamps.
-Contactors module:
3 Power takes, and the selected position closes the
corresponding contact in the three phases.
-Possibility of assemblies of control circuits with delay.
* Minimum recommended measurement units:
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units:
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground,
380V.
Dimensions: 490 x 450 x 470 mm. approx.
Weight: 50 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 58
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine (with motors EMT 1/2/3/4/5/15)
1.- Preparation, regulation and inversion in a
dynamo with independent excitation.
2.- The dynamo characteristic curve without load.
3.- Dynamos with series and shunt excitation.
4.- Dynamo external characteristic curve.
5.- Dynamo characteristic regulation curve.
6.- Speed variation, inversion and stop of D.C. motor
with independent excitation.
7.- Speed-armature current characteristic curves in a
D.C. motor with shunt or independent excitation.
8.- Torque-current characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with shunt or independent excitation.
9.- Torque-speed characteristic curve in a D.C. motor
with shunt or independent excitation.
10.- Speed-excitation current characteristic curves in a
D.C. motor with independent or shunt excitation.
Operation in constant power.
11.- Speed control at constant torque.
12.- Series D.C. motor: starting, speed variation,
inversion and braking.
13.- Speed-intensity characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with series excitation.
14.- Torque-current characteristic curve in a D.C.
motor with series excitation.
15.- The D.C. motor with series excitation as universal
motor.
The Synchronous Machine (with motor EMT 6)
16.- Starting, voltage and frequency regulation in a
three-phase alternator.
17.- Net coupling of a three-phase alternator.
18.- Characteristic curve of an alternator without load.
19.- Characteristic curve of an alternator in short
circuit.
20.- Characteristic curve of an alternator with load.
21.- Synchronous motor starting.
The Asynchronous Machine (with motors EMT 7/ 8/ 9/
10/ 11/ 16/ 17).
22.- Morley diagrams.
23.- Starting process of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
24.- Test without load of an asynchronous motor with
rotor in short circuit.
25.- Test with load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
26.- Starting of a three-phase asynchronous motor
with the wound rotor.
27.- Test without load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with the wound rotor.
28.- Test with load of a three-phase asynchronous
motor with wound rotor.
29.- Starting and turn sense inversion of a single-phase
motor with capacitor.
30.- Test without load of a single-phase asynchronous
motor.
31.- Test in load of the single-phase motor.
The Universal motor (with motor EMT 12)
32.- The Universal motor with D.C. supply.
33.- Speed-current characteristic of an Universal
motor with D.C. supply.
34.- Torque-intensity characteristic in the D.C.
Universal motor.
35.- The universal motor eith A.C. supply.
The Repulsion motor (with motor EMT 14)
36.- Starting and inversion of a single-phase repulsion
motor.
37.- Test of a single-phase repulsion motor without
load.
38.- Test of a single-phase asynchronous repulsion
motor in A.C.
The Brushless motor (with motor EMT 18)
39.- Brushless motor starting.
40.- Speed control and change of the turn sense.
The Dahlander motor (with motor EMT 9)
41.- Dahlander motor starting.
42.- Different working speeds.
43.- Changing the different speeds of Dahlander
motor while working.
The Stepper motor (with motor EMT 19)
44.- Stepper motor starting.
45.- Steps control.
46.- Rotation sense change.
The Reluctance motor ( with motor EMT21)
47.- Star connection of the reluctance motor.
48.- Delta connection of the reluctance motor.
49.- Revolution sense and inversion of rotation.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
1
(continuation)
Common Electrical Machines Base Units:
(continuation)
EME/M. Electrical Machines Unit (intermediate option)
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
The D.C.Machine:
1.- Preparation, regulation and inversion in
a dynamo with independent excitation.
2.- The dynamo characteristic curve without
load.
3.- Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
4.- Dynamo external characteristics curve.
5.- Characteristic regulation curve of a
dynamo.
6.- Speed control at constant torque.
7.- Series D.C. motor: starting, speed
variation, inversion and braking.
The Synchronous Machine:
8.- Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three-phase alternator.
9.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
without load.
10.- Characteristic curve of an alternator in
short circuit.
11.- Characteristic curve of an alternator with
load.
12.- Synchronous motor starting.
The Asynchronous Machine:
13.- Morley diagrams.
14.- Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in short
circuit.
15.- Test without load of an asynchronous
motor with rotor in short circuit.
16.- Test with load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in short
circuit.
17.- Starting and turn sense inversion of a
single-phase motor with capacitor.
18.- Test without load of a single-phase
motor.
19.- Test in load of the single-phase motor.
The Universal motor:
20.- The universal motor with D.C. supply.
21.- Speed-current characteristic of an
Universal motor with D.C. supply.
22.- Torque-intensity characteristic in the
D.C. Universal motor.
23.- The Universal motor eith A.C. supply.
The Repulsion motor:
24.- Starting and inversion of a single-phase
repulsion motor.
25.- Test of a single-phase repulsion motor
without load.
26.- Test of a single-phase asynchronous
repulsion motor in A.C.
The Brushless motor:
27.- Brushless motor starting.
28.- Speed control and change of the turn
sense.
The Dahlander motor:
29.- Dahlander motor starting.
30.- Different working speeds.
The Reluctance motor:
31.- Star connection of the reluctance motor.
32.- Delta connection of the reluctance
motor.
33.- Revolution sense and inversion of
rotation.
EME/B. Electrical Machines Unit (basic option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
DC supply 200 V dc with fuses.
Connection Key.
Emergency stop push button.
Two push buttons (1NO + 1NC).
* Minimum recommended measurement units:
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units:
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground, 380V.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 5 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 59
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine:
1.- Preparation, regulation and
inversion in a dynamo with
independent excitation.
2.- Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
3.- Speed control at constant torque.
4.- Series D.C. Motor: starting,
speed variation, inversion and
braking.
The Asynchronous Machine:
5.- Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in
short circuit.
6.- Test without load of an
asynchronous motor with rotor in
short circuit.
The Universal motor:
7.- The Universal motor with D.C.
supply.
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker.
Two double switches (1 NO + 1 NC in each one)
Push Button (1 NC + 1 NO).
Three contactors with 2 NO and 1 NC.
DC supply 200 V dc with fuses.
Connection Key
Emergency stop push button.
* Minimum recommended measurement units: (see Section “2”)
2 Digital multimeters.
Recommended measurement units: (see Section “2”)
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit.
Electrical supply: Three-phase with neutral and ground, 380V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 25 Kg. approx.
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
2
(continuation)
(continuation)
Measurement Units
The measurement units let us extract information from the experimental unit (EME), thus allowing further process of the data. We can get values of currents, voltages, resistance,
etc. for further analysis.
MULT. Digital Multimeter
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Digital multimeter.
Voltage and current meter.
Resistances and capacitors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EAL. Network Analyzer Unit
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals, for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ± 0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EALD. Network Analyzer Unit, with Computer Data Acquisition + Oscilloscope (PC).
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ±0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Connection RS232 to computer (PC).
Data Acquisition Software.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 60
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
2
(continuation)
Measurement Units
(continuation)
EALDG. Network Analyzer Unit, with Computer Data Acquisition + Oscilloscope (PC) + Oscilloscope Display
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.- Electricity
This unit shows the main electric parameters on the electric network through
the interface and an parameter selection.
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel.
3 current inputs, for series intensity.
3 voltage terminals for each phase measure (R,S,T) and another one for the
neutral connection.
Control and visualization digital display and oscilloscope display.
Voltage:
Range 20 - 500 Vrms. Prec.: ± 0.5%. Phase to phase - Phase
to neutral.
Current:
Range 0.02 - 5 Arms. Prec.: ± 0.5%.
Frequency: Range 48 to 62 Hz. ± 0.1Hz.
Power:
Active, Reactive and Apparent. Range 0.01 to 9900 kW.
Prec.: ±1%.
Power Factor: Power Factor for each phase and average. Range -0.1 to +
0.1. Prec.: ±1%.
Operating temperature 0 to +50°C.
Connection RS232 to computer (PC).
Data Acquisition Software.
Power supply: 220 V. - 110 V., single -phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 180 x 120 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EAM-VA. Analog Measurement Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit allows to analyze the different voltages and currents involved in a
circuit through a simple frontal panel that includes analog measurement
instruments.
Metallic box.
4 Voltmeters.
- A.C. Measuring Instruments with moving iron.
- Voltmeter with measuring range from 0 to 500Vac.
- Horizontal scale with precision grade of 1.5 (following norm
BS89/IEC51).
2 Ammeters.
- A.C. Measuring Instruments with moving iron.
- Ammeter with measuring range of 0 to 5A.
- Horizontal scale with precision grade of 1.5 (following norm
BS89/IEC51).
2 Analog inputs for each meter.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 40 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
MUAD. Power Data Acquisiton System. (see page 68)
Page 61
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
(continuation)
(continuation)
Loads:
RLC3R. Resistive, Inductive and Capacitive Loads Module
3
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
When you brake an electrical machine, the electrical energy has to be
dissipated. Loads provide this function, the dissipation of energy. Depending
on the experiment, the dissipating load has to be resistive, inductive or
capacitive. EDIBON recommends having the three kinds, if a good
understanding on the subject is pursued.
Our Resistive, Capacitive and Inductive Loads Module (RCL3R) offers:
Single and Three-phase resistances.
Single and Three-phase inductances.
Single and Three-phase capacitors.
Metallic box. Diagram in the front panel.
Variable resistive loads: 3 x [ 150 W (500 W) ].
Fixed resistive loads:
3 x [ 150 W (500 W) + 150 W (500 W) ].
Inductive loads:
3 x [ 0, 33, 78, 140, 193, 236 mH ].(230V /2 A)
Capacitive loads:
3 x [ 4 x 7 mF ]. (400V)
Dimensions: 490 x 450 x 470 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
4.- Electricity
Individual Elements
IND
CON
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
When a simpler and cheaper option is preferred when studying the use of
loads in electrical machines, EDIBON gives the choice of acquiring single
components. They are offered as single independent components to be
mounted by the student.
-IND. Inductance:
From 33 to 236 mH, or similar.
-CON. Box of Condensers: 7µF or similar.
-REV. Variable Resistance: 0-150Ù (500W), or similar.
-REF. Fixed Resistance :
150Ù (500W), or similar.
REV
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
REF
4
Motors
EDIBON has a wide range of electric motors. The motors supplied include connectors, couplings, standard motor support, etc.
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
EMT2
EMT3
EMT1
EMT5
EMT4
EMT6
EMT8
EMT7
EMT9
EMT11
EMT12
EMT10
EMT15
EMT16
EMT14
EMT19
EMT17
EMT20
Available Motors
EMT1. D.C. Independent excitation
motor-generator.
EMT2. D.C. Series excitation
motor-generator.
EMT3. D.C. Shunt excitation
motor-generator.
EMT4. D.C. Compound excitation
motor-generator.
EMT5. D . C . S h u n t - s e r i e s
compound excitation motor.
EMT6. A . C . S y n c h r o n o u s
alternator motor.
EMT7. Asynchronous three-phase
motor of squirrel cage.
EMT8. Asynchronous three-phase
motor with wound rotor.
EMT9. Dahlander three-phase
(two-speeds).
EMT10. Asynchronouts three-phase
motor of two independent
speeds.
EMT11. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with starting
capacitor.
EMT12. Universal motor (singlephase).
EMT14. Repulsion motor, singlephase with short-circuited
brushes.
EMT15. D.C. Permanent magnet
motor.
EMT16. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with starting and
running capacitor.
EMT17. Three-phase motor of
squirel c a g e w i t h “ Y ”
connection.
EMT18. D.C. Brushless motor.
EMT19. Stepper motor.
EMT20. Asynchronous single-phase
motor with split phase.
EMT21. Three-phase Reluctance
motor.
EMT22. Single-phase Shaded Pole
motor.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The D.C.Machine (with motors EMT 1/ 2/
3/4/5/15)
1.-Preparation,regulationandinversionin
adynamowithindependentexcitation.
2.-Thedynamocharacteristiccurvewithout
load.
3.-Dynamos with series and shunt
excitation.
4.-Dynamoexternalcharacteristiccurve.
5.-Dynamo characteristic regulation
curve.
6.-Speed variation, inversion and stop of
D.C. motor with independent
excitation.
7.-Speed-armature current characteristic
curve in a D.C. motor with shunt or
independentexcitation.
8.-Torque-current characteristic curve in
a D.C. Motor with shunt or
independentexcitation.
9.-Torque-speed characteristic curve in a
D.C. Motor with shunt or independent
excitation.
10.-Speed-excitation current characteristic
curve in a D.C. Motor with independent
or shunt excitation. Operation in
constantpower.
11.-Speedcontrolatconstanttorque.
12.-Series D.C. Motor: starting, speed
variation,inversionandbraking.
13.-Speed-intensity characteristic curve
inaD.C.Motorwithseriesexcitation.
14.-Torque-current characteristic curve
inaD.C.Motorwithseriesexcitation.
15.-The D.C. Motor with series excitation
asuniversalmotor.
The Synchronous Machine (with motor
EMT6)
16.-Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three-phase
alternator.
17.-Net coupling of a three-phase
alternator.
18.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
withoutload.
19.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
inshortcircuit.
20.-Characteristic curve of an alternator
withload.
21.-Synchronousmotorstarting.
The asynchronous Machine (with motors
EMT7/8/9/10/11/16/17)
22.-Morleydiagrams.
23.-Starting process of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with rotor in
shortcircuit.
24.-Test without load of an asynchronous
motorwithrotorinshortcircuit.
More information in:
25.-Test with load of a three-phase
www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/
asynchronous motor with rotor in
en/units/electricity/machines/
shortcircuit.
LIMEL.pdf
Page 62
26.-Starting of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with the
woundrotor.
27.-Test without load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with the
woundrotor.
28.-Test with load of a three-phase
asynchronous motor with wound
rotor.
29.-Starting and turn sense inversion of
a single-phase motor with
capacitor.
30.-Test without load of a single-phase
motor.
31.-Test in load of the single-phase
motor.
The Universal motor (with motor EMT
12)
32.-The universal motor with D.C.
Supply.
33.-Speed-current characteristic of an
UniversalmotorwithD.C.Supply.
34.-Torque-intensity characteristic in
theD.C.Universalmotor.
35.-The universal motor eith A.C.
Supply.
The repulsion motor (with motor EMT
14)
36.-Starting and inversion of a singlephaserepulsionmotor.
37.-Test of a single-phase repulsion
withoutload.
3 8 . -Te s t o f a s i n g l e - p h a s e
asynchronous repulsion motor
withA.C.
The Brushless motor (with motor EMT
18)
39.-Brushlessmotorstarting.
40.-Speed control and change of the
turnsense.
The Dahlander motor (with motor EMT
9)
41.-Dahlandermotorstarting.
42.-Differentworkingspeeds.
43.-Changing the different speeds of
Dahlandermotorwhileworking.
TheSteppermotor(withmotorEMT19)
44.-Steppermotorstarting.
45.-Stepscontrol.
46.-Rotationsensechange.
The Reluctance motor (with motor
EMT21)
47.-Star connection of the reluctance
motor.
48.-Delta connection of the reluctance
motor.
49.-Revolution sense and inversion of
rotation.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
5
(continuation)
Brakes
The importance of Brakes comes when we want to adjust the motor speed, measure the torque given, or stop the motor.
FRE-FE. Electronic Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
This unit is based in two elements:
1.- Module -metallic box:
Power supply:1 phase, 200-240V.
Rated output capacity:0.75 KW.
Output frequency range: 0.2 to 400 Hz.
Display to visualize voltage (V), Current (A), and Frequency (Hz).
Brake resistance included.
Torquemeter.
R.p.m. Meter.
Connectors.
2.- Braking motor mounted on a bench-support.
Connection wire between elements “1” and “2”.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V a.c., single-phase + ground.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
DI-FRE. Pendular Dynamo Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.- Electricity
Power: 250-300W.
V.Excitation: 190 V.D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.3A.
V.Armature: 200 V.D.C. I.Armature nominal: 1.5A.
Torque measured with lever and weights, by combining the mechanical
torque and electrical torque.
Security connectors.
Bench-support.
Electrical supply: 200 Vdc.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FREND. Dynamo Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Power: 250-300W.
V.Excitation: 190 V.D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.3A.
V.Armature: 200 V.D.C. I.Armature nominal: 1.5A.
Connectors.
Bench - support.
Electrical supply: 200 Vdc.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FRENP. Magnetic Powder Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
The unit consists of a magnetic powder brake, a control module an a
tachometer for the speed measurement.
The control module allows setting the nominal torque of the brake through a
potentiometer. It has two terminals to measure a voltage in direct proportion
to the current supplied to the brake, therefore, to the exerted torque.
The unit has a tachometer connected to its axis.
The unit also includes a fuse and a thermal relay to avoid eventual damages.
Max. power: 400 W, limited at 220W. Voltage: 24 Vac. Max. torque: 5 Nm.
Max. R.P.M.: 3000.
It is equipped with temperature probe to stop the braking action.
Electrical supply: 220 Vac. - 110 Vac.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FREPR. Prony Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Prony brake with resistant ribbon. Mechanical braking action and
dynamometer.
Max. Power: 500 W.
Max. Torque: 4Nm.
Max. R.P.M.: 3000.
Max. Time: 30 seconds.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
FRECP. Eddy Current Brake
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Max. Power: 500 W. Voltage: 120 Vdc. Max. Torque: 3Nm. Max. R.P. M.:
3000.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 63
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
(continuation)
(continuation)
6
Transformers
4.- Electricity
ETT. Three-phase and Single-phase Transformers Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Metallic box. Diagram in the front panel.
Single-phase transformer:
Nominal power: 500 VA. Transformation ratio: 400 / 230 V.
Inlets: 400 V and 230 V (in the primary). Number of secondary coils: 2.
Output voltage in the secondary: 115 (each one).
Maximum current in the primary: 1.5 A (for each voltage of 400 V). 3 A (for
each voltage of 230 V).
Three-phase transformer in pillars:
Nominal power: 1000 VA. Transformation ratio: 380/3 x 127 V.
Inlets: 220 V and 380 V (in the primary).
Outlet voltage in the secondary: 3 x 127 V (each phase).
Maximum current in the primary: 2 A (for a voltage of 380 V). 2 A (for
a voltage of 220 V).
Connection modes: Primary: Star, triangle / Secondary: Star, triangle, zigzag, six-phase and triple star.
Electrical supply:
For Single-phase transformer: 400-230 V / 50 Hz. or 60 Hz.
For Three-phase transformer: 380-220 V / 50 Hz. or 60 Hz.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 40 Kg. approx.
1.- Measurement of the transformation
Ratio.
2.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in open circuit.
3.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in short circuit.
4.- Rehearsal of a single-phase transformer
in load.
5.- Rehearsal of a three-phase transformer
in open circuit.
6.- Rehearsal of a three-phase transformer
in short circuit.
7.- Autotransformer tests.
8.- Connection modes tests:
Start/delta/Zig-Zag/6-phase/triple
star.
9.- Transformer ratio variation tests.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
TPPT. Three-phase Power Transformer Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The “TPPT” unit is formed by a steel box, which contains a three-phase power
transformer. In the front panel of the box are located the terminals for both
primary and secondary terminals for different power supply inputs and
outputs. In the backside are located the fuses to protect the transformer.
Diagram in the front panel.
Power: 1000 VA.
Module 1: Primary winding
It includes a three-phase winding which can be connected externally in
either star or triangle, each phase winding has a neutral terminal, a 146V
a.c. intermediate terminal and 220V a.c. terminal.
Module 2: Secondary winding
It includes a three-phase winding which can be connected externally in
either star of triangle. Each phase winding has a neutral terminal, a 127V
a.c. intermediate terminal and a 220V a.c. terminal.
This unit can be used to make 6 different a.c. connection types:
-Star (380V). - Triangle (380V). -Triangle (220V). - Triangle (380V).
-Star (380V). - Star (220V).
-Triangle (220V). - Star (220V).
-Star (380V). - Triangle (127V). -Triangle (220V). - Triangle (127V).
Electrical supply: 380-220 V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
EMPTA. Auxiliary Transformer and Protection Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Metallic Box. Diagram in the front panel.
Input and output connectors.
Thermal magnetic unit 16 A ., 2 poles. Differential 25 A., 30 mV., 230 V.
Reversible auto-transformer 125-220 (1000 VA).
Conversion from 127V. 60Hz to 220V. 50Hz.
Conversion from 220V. 50Hz to 127V. 60Hz.
Differential electrical protection. Thermal magnetic protection.
Required services: Input: 220V. 50Hz or 127V. 60Hz.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 127 V a.c.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Net weight: 3Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elements:
- AUTR.
- TRANS.
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Variable Auto-transformer.
Single-phase transformer.
Input and output connectors.
Single phase transformer, 400 Vac/230 Vac, 400 VA.
Ground connector.
- TRANS/3.Three-phase transformer.
Input and output connectors.
Three phase transformer, 400 Vac/230 Vac, 1000 VA
TRANS
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
TRANS/3
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 64
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Conversion from 127V/60Hz to 220V/
50Hz.
2.- Conversion from 220V/50Hz to 127V/
60Hz.
3.- Differential electrical protection.
4.- Thermal magnetic protection.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
7
(continuation)
DC Motor Speed Control
VVCC. DC Motor Speed Controller
This unit varies the speed of a DC motor for control applications. It works with
any DC motor available.
Metallic box.
Front panel including:
Excitation connection (2 connectors).
Rotor connection (2 connectors).
Tachodynamo connection (2 connectors).
Parameters self adjustment (torque control and speed control):
Motor torque regulator.
Motor speed regulator.
State leds indicators.
START/STOP speed controller switch.
ON/OFF main switch.
Maximum power: 550W.
Maximum torque: 2.6 Nm
Speed range: 130-2000 r.p.m.
Besides the motor speed controller, all the indicators, connecting cables and
additional components are included.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V ac., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 10 Kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Motor parameters adjustment.
2.- Working at a certain frequency.
3.- Starting carrying out by defined ramp.
4.- Braking possibility until a certain
speed and recovery.
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
VVCC/M. DC Motor Speed Controller (intermediate option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit consists in a variable transformer followed by a rectifier bridge and
an anti-ripple capacitor with a resistor to get discharged.
Metallic box.
Regulated voltage output up to ~320 Vdc.
Maximum current output 2 A.
Front panel including:
Connections:
Positive, negative and ground connections.
ON/OFF switch.
The top side of the unit include a wheel to adjust the DC output voltage up
to ~320 Vdc.
Electrical supply: 220V a.c. - 110V ac., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elements:
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
-VVCC/B. DC motors speed controller, with no other elements.
Maximum power: 550W.
Maximum torque: 2.6 N.m.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 65
www.edibon.com
4.4- Electrical Machines
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
8
(continuation)
(continuation)
AC Motor Speed Control
VVCA. AC Motor Speed Controller
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.- Electricity
This is a unit for varying the speed of an AC motor for control applications. It
works with any AC motor available.
This unit enables to change the speed of an asynchronous motor, obtaining
features which characterize a direct current motor. It consists basically on a
rectifying phase coupled to another inverter phase, with a capacitor in
parallel between them. By varying the shooting frequency of the IGBT, we
obtain an alternating output at a variable frequency which is applied to the
asynchronous motor.
Metallic box. Circuit diagram in front panel.
It has a control panel in order to introduce the parameters of the motor that
is going to be used and the output frequency. In addition, through it, we can
carry out several programming. It also has a series of terminals where we
connect the digital and analog inputs and the relay and transistor outputs.
Maximum power: 750 W. Parameter self adjustment. Analog/digital
parameter inlets through panel. Turn inversion while running.
Analog parameter visualization.
Voltage Input : Frequency set according to external command: up to
50Hz. Reversible operation using +/- signal: 0 to +/-10 V. PID control.
Current input: Frequency set according to the analog input current
command: up to 50 Hz. Reversible operation: 20 to 4mA. PID control.
5 Digital inputs that can be configured by the user. 1 outlet to alarm relay. 2
transistor internal outlets. Maximum load current: 50 mA. Leak current at
OFF: 0.1 mA.
Speed range: 130-2000 r.p.m.
Besides the motor speed controller, all the indicators, connecting cables and
additional components are included.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 110 V a.c., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 600 x 600 x 150 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Motor parameters adjustment.
2.- Working at a frequency given by the
panel.
3.- Working at a frequency given by an
analog input (potentiometer).
4.- Turn inversion.
5.- Display of analog output.
6.- Digital inputs configuration.
7.- Outputs from alarm to relay.
8.- Outputs from alarm to transistor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
VVCA/M. AC Motor Speed Controller (intermediate option)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This unit consist in a simple AC motor speed controller.
Metallic box.
Output: 3 PH, 3.0 KVA, 220 V, 1-50 Hz., 8.0 A.
Overload current thermal protection.
ON/OFF switch.
It has two blocks in the front panel:
Speed control:
Start/Stop switch.
Speed control potenciometer.
Connections to motor:
Three-phase connection to AC motor.
Ground connection.
Electrical supply: 220 V a.c. - 110 V a.c., single-phase + ground.
Dimensions: 300 x 120 x 190 mm. approx.
Weight: 3 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Individual Elemenents:
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
-VVCA/B. AC motors speed controller, with no other elements.
Frequency from 0 to 60Hz.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 66
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines:
9
(continuation)
PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)
The Programmable Logic Controller is a device designed for real time control of sequential processes in an industrial environment. In this case, EDIBON has developed this PLC
module for controlling the Electrical Machines Unit “EME”.
PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes
PLC-PI
+
PLC-SOF
This module has been designed for the Control of Industrial Processes. The
application has been developed to be used with any individual electric
machine.
PLC-PI. Unit:
Metallic box. Circuit diagram in the front panel.
Front panel:
Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block:
16 Digital inputs.
14 Digital outputs.
Analog inputs block:
16 Analog inputs.
Analog outputs block:
4 Analog outputs.
Touch screen.
Back panel:
Power supply connector. 2 A Fuse. RS-232 connector to PC.
Inside:
Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable.
Panasonic PLC:
High-speed scan of 0.32 msec. for a basic instruction.
Program capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area.
Equipped with a USB communication port.
High-speed counter.
Multi-point PID control.
Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules.
RS232 Communication wire, to computer (PC).
PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software:
The software package is always included with the PLC-PI unit, since it is
the necessary application to program the PLC-PI from the computer.
Electrical supply single-phase, 220 V. - 110 V.
Dimensions: 490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx.
Weight: 30 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Control of the particular unit process
through the control interface box
without the PC.
2.- PID control.
3.- Visualization of all the sensors values
used in the particular unit process.
4.- Calibration of all sensors included in
the particular unit process.
5.- Hand on of all the actuators involved
in the particular unit process.
6.- Realization of different experiments,
in automatic way, without having in
front the particular unit. (This
experiment can be decided
previously).
7.- Simulation of outside actions, when
there are not any hardware element
present.
8.- PLC hardware general use and
manipulation.
9.- PLC process application for the
particular unit.
10.- PLC structure.
11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s
configuration.
12.- PLC configuration possibilities.
13.- PLC program languages.
14.- PLC different programming standard
languages (ladder diagram (LD),
structures text (ST), instructions list
(IL), sequential function chart (SFC),
function diagram (FBD).
15.- New configuration and development
of new process.
16.- Hand on an established process.
17.- Visualization of results and
comparisons with the particular unit
process.
18.- Possibility if creating new process in
relation with the particular unit
process.
19.- PLC Programming exercises.
20.- O w n P L C a p p l i c a t i o n s i n
accordance with teacher and student
requirements.
EDIBON FP-X/CPU. PLC, with no other elements
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Inputs: 8. Input Commons: 1.
Output: 6. Output commons: 4.
Execution time: 0.32µs. Data memory: 12,285. Bit memory: 4096. High
Speed Counter.
Interrupt: 8 input interrupt X0 to X7. Constant time interrupt (0.5ms to
30sec). Interrupt subroutine jump time: 10 micro sec .
PID: PID algorithm (with auto tuning). I-PD algorithm (with auto
tuning).10ms cycle to 100s cycle.
Dimension (w, h, d): 60 x 90 x 79mm.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
10
Tachogenerator
TECNEL/T. Tachogenerator
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
The Tachogenerator, as a speed transducer, provides a means of converting
the rotational speed into an analog voltage signal. Thus, it is mainly used for
measuring the motor speed. The TECNEL/T is an automatic unit, that could
be permanently connected to the main rotor.
Output voltage gradient: 30 +/- 3% V /1000 r.p.m.
Electrical supply: continuous d.c. output 0-100 V.
Dimensions: 200 x 150 x 50 mm. approx. Weight: 1Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
TECNEL/TM. Hand Tachometer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This is a hand optical tachogenerator. It cannot be attached to the motor,
what implies that the measurements have to be taken manually.
Page 67
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
LIMEL. Integrated Laboratory for Electrical Machines: (continuation)
Data Acquisition
11 MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System
3
4
“n”
EME unit
Electric power
interface box
(EPIB)
Cable to
computer
(DAB)
Connections
points
Data acquisition
board
2
MUAD is the perfect link between the EME unit and the PC. MUAD is a continuous data
acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures, analyzes and represents
the parameters involved in the process.
MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing,
frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope.
We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the EME unit with the
supplied cables (there are several connection points placed for it). The EPIB is
connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board (DAB), and by using the Data
Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the student can get results from the
undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the screen and work with them.
Data acquisition
software
(MUAD/SOF)
Cables to
interface
1
Student
post
This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF:
4.- Electricity
1)Hardware :
1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.):
Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for their later
treatment and visualisation.
Front panel separated in two: left-hand part for VOLTAGE sensors, and right-hand part for CURRENT
Sensors.
- 8 analog input channels.
- Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second).
- 4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V.
- 4 Current sensors.
1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board :
PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot.
Bus PCI.
Analog input:
Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536.
Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second).
Analog output: Number of channels=2. Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536.
Digital Input/Output: Number channels=24inputs/outputs.
Timing: Counter/timers=2.
EPIB
DAB
2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software :
Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation:
Amicable graphical frame.
Compatible with actual Windows operating systems.
Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of different signals.
Visualization of circuit tensions on the computer screen.
Sampling rate up to 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
12
Software
CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System
With no physical connection between motor and computer, this complete package
consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with the Student Software
(EMT../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the teacher knows at any moment what is
the theoretical and practical knowledge of the students. These, on the other hand, get a
virtual instructor who helps them to deal with all the information on the subject of study.
+
Motor
Instructor
Software
MUAD/SOF
Student/Motor
Software
With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor
Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them:
- Organize Students by Classes and Groups.
- Create easily new entries or delete them.
- Create data bases with student information.
- Analyze results and make statistical comparisons.
- Print reports.
- Develop own examinations.
- Detect student’s progress and difficulties.
...and many other facilities.
The Instructor Software is the same for all the motors, and working in network
configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom.
EMT../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student Software)
Explains how to use the motor and run the experiments and what to do at any moment.
Each motor has its own Student Software package.
- The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows.
- Each Software Package contains:
Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total understanding of
the studied subject.
Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has
been understood.
Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the motors,
showing how to complete the circuits and get the right information from them.
Exams: set of questions presented to test the knowledge obtained.
Available Student Software Packages:
-EMT1/SOF.
-EMT2/SOF.
-EMT3/SOF.
-EMT4/SOF.
-EMT5/SOF.
-EMT6 /SOF.
-EMT7 /SOF.
-EMT8 /SOF.
-EMT9 /SOF.
-EMT10/SOF.
-EMT11/SOF.
DC Independent excitation motor-generator.
DC Series excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt excitation motor-generator.
DC Compound excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt-series compound excitation motor.
AC Synchronous alternator motor.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with squirrel cage.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with wound rotor.
Dahlander three-phase (two-speeds).
Asynchronous three-phase motor with two independent speeds.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with starting capacitor.
-EMT12/SOF.
-EMT14/SOF.
-EMT15/SOF.
-EMT16/SOF.
-EMT17/SOF.
-EMT18/SOF.
-EMT19/SOF.
-EMT20/SOF.
-EMT21/SOF.
-EMT22/SOF.
Universal motor (single-phase).
Repulsion motor, single-phase with short-circuited brushes.
DC Permanent magnet motor.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with starting and running
capacitor.
Three-phase motor of squirrel cage with “Y” connection.
DC Brushless motor.
Stepper motor.
Asynchronous single-phase motor with split phase.
Three-phase Reluctance motor.
Single-phase Shaded Pole motor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/machines/LIMEL.pdf
Page 68
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
EMT-S. Cut Away Motors:
Available cut away motors:
-EMT1-S.
-EMT2-S.
-EMT3-S.
-EMT4-S.
-EMT5-S.
-EMT6-S.
-EMT7-S.
DC Independent excitation motor-generator.
DC Series excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt excitation motor-generator.
DC Compound excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt-series compound excitation motor.
AC Synchronous alternator motor.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with
squirrel cage.
-EMT8-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with wound
rotor.
-EMT9-S. Dahlander three-phase (two-speeds).
-EMT10-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with two
independent speeds.
-EMT11-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting capacitor.
-EMT12-S. Universal motor (single-phase).
-EMT14-S. Repulsion motor, single-phase with shortcircuited brushes.
-EMT15-S. DC Permanent magnet motor.
-EMT16-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting and running capacitor.
-EMT17-S. Three-phase motor of squirrel cage with “Y”
connection.
-EMT18-S. DC Brushless motor.
-EMT19-S. Stepper motor.
-EMT20-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with split
phase.
-EMT21-S. Three-phase Reluctance motor.
-EMT22-S. Single-phase Shaded Pole motor.
ESAM. Faults Simulation Trainer in Electrical Motors
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAM.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Detection of fault on a phase.
2.- Detection of fault on the supply
voltage.
3.- Coils with turns in short circuit.
4.- Measurement the resistance of the
windings.
5.- Detection of open-ended coil.
6.- Detection of short circuit in coils from
different phase.
7.- Measurement the resistance
between coils from different
phases.
8.- Detection of ground fault.
9.- Measurement of the insulation
resistance between the winding and
the motor case.
10.- Motor in star connection.
11.- Motor in delta connection.
ESAE. Electrical Faults Simulation Trainer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the
elements in the real unit.
With this trainer the following troubles or faults, among others, may be fixed
and determined:
-Power off.
-Fuse blown.
-Defective main circuit broker. Defective leak current coil relay.
-Ground fault.
-Detection of fault on the supply voltage.
-Capacitor:Starting capacitor open and run capacitor open, starting
capacitor shorted and run capacitor shorted.
-Thermostat contacts stuck open and closed.
-Relay contacts stuck closed. Relay windings open.
-Fan:Fan motor windings open and shorted. Fan relay windings open and
shorted. Fan relay contacts stuck closed. Fan relay contacts are rusting. Fan
thermostat contacts stuck closed. Fan thermostat sensor bulb stuck
opened.
-Motor: Starting motor windings open and shorted. Running motor
windings open and shorted.
-Compressor: Thermal overload open. Compressor motor winding
grounded.
-Low voltage.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 400 x 330 x 400 mm. approx.
Weight: 10 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAE.pdf
EEA. Alternators Study Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Unit for the study of alternators. Starting, operation and regulation of an
alternator without load, half load and full load.
The unit comprises:
Base structure (painted steel and anodized aluminium).
Couplings. Connectors.
EMT7. Asyncrhonous Three-phase motor of squirrel cage:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 2769 r.p.m. (50Hz), 3330 r.p.m. (60Hz).
Connections: Star/triangle.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz. V.Armature:230/400V (50Hz), 250/440V.
(60Hz). I.Armature nominal:1A-0.7A.
EMT6. A. C. Syncrhonous alternator motor:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 3000 r.p.m. Frequency: 50Hz.
Connections: Star/triangle.
V.excitation nominal: 220V D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.59A.
V.Armature.: 3x220/380V.
VVCA/B. AC motors speed controller:
This unit enables to change the speed of an asynchronous motor,
obtaining features which characterize a motor.
Maximum power: 750 W. Frequency from 0 to 60Hz.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 750 mm x 250 mm x 250mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three -phase
alternator.
2.- Typical practices for a three-phase
alternator.
3.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
without load.
4.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
in short circuit.
5.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
with load.
6.- Synchronous motor starting.
7.- Working at a frequency given.
8.- Curves in V at constant power (1/4,
1/3, ½,1) PN and different power
factors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/EEA.pdf
Page 69
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Teaching trainer for the simulation of non-destructive faults in three-phase
motors. Application of diagnostic and localization.
Unit and motor are mounted in a painted steel structure.
Unit:
Steel box.
Electrical diagram of the motor on the front panel. The motor can be
connected in star or delta connection.
Connections for the measurements. The resistance of the windings can be
measured. Pilot lamps. 6-position selector for the selection of the fault
sequences. Switch for faults activation.
Faults are implemented by means a PLC and internal relays. This lets the
motor can keep on working in different conditions when certain faults are
caused.
6 fuses of 2A to protect the motor.
Automatic Magnetothermal Differential switch.
Dahlander three-phase motor (0.3 to 0.5 CV), including cable and
connector.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 800 mm x 400 mm x 400 mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
ERP. Protection Relay Test:
4.- Electricity
ERP-UB. Protection and Relay Test Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
This is a teaching unit which gives students theoretical and practical
experience with several industrial relays.
Unit designed for comprehensive investigations into the theory and practice
of electrical power system protection.
This unit is common for the relays modules type “ERP” and can use one or
more relays.
Anodized aluminium structure. Panels and main metallic elements in
stainless steel.
Floor-standing unit. It uses genuine industrial relays, not simulations, with
full range of safety features incorporated throughout.
Diagrams on the unit enable students to set up and perform practices and
experiments with minimal supervision.
Comprehensive controls, transformers, supplies and instrumentation.
It includes desk space for users or students to work on, and mounting area
for relays.
It is supplied with relay support software.
Selection of up-to-date numerical protection relays, specially adapted for
educational use. (See available relays).
Unit controls and instrumentations specifications:
0 to 10 A variable current supply.0 to 220 V variable voltage supply.
2 fault limiting resistors. Timed fault application circuit breaker.
Configurable tapped transformer with delta or star secondary. Variable
three-phase load star connected. Variable three-phase load delta
connected. 2 sets of three-phase voltage transformers. 4 sets of threephase current transformers. Mains isolator.
Test circuits:
Configurable transformer test circuit. Relay test area. Transmission line
model (5 x 50 km).
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 2500mm x 1000mm x 1800mm. Weight: 600 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of a variety of
different industrial relays.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
ERP-SFT. Overcurrent and Earth Fault Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with the Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB), to enable
investigations into protection and monitoring of transformers, transmission
lines and distribution schemes.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial over current and earth fault relay presented in an
educational and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
Three-phase earth and overcurrent: three independent stages, the first
stage selectable from any of 12 IDMT curves, the remaining stages
having a direct time characteristic (ANSI 50/51 and ANSI 50N/51N).
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49). High impedance restricted earth
fault (ANSI 64N). Undercurrent (ANSI 37). Broken conductor detection
(ANSI 46BC). Negative phase sequence overcurrent - two independent
stages (ANSI 46). Selectable blocking. Circuit monitoring. Trend, fault
and disturbance records.
The connection to the experimental circuit is via current transformers with
ratio to suit the inputs of the relay.
It allows an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 5%. Current: 1 A (A.C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz.Operating
time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490mm x 400mm x 310mm.
Weight: 10 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the characteristics
and performance of an industrial over
current and earth fault relay.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
ERP-SDND. Directional/Non Directional Overcurrent Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with the Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB), to enable
investigations into protection and monitoring of generator and transformer
schemes, overhead lines, underground cables and backup on high-voltage
systems.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial directional/non directional overcurrent relay presented
in an educational and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
Three independent stages of directional/non-directional phase
overcurrent (ANSI 50, ANSI 51, ANSI 67). Undercurrent (ANSI 37).
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49). Negative phase sequence
overcurrent (ANSI 46). Overvoltage (ANSI 59). Undervoltage (ANSI 27).
Directional/non-directional earth fault (ANSI 67N, ANSI 50N, ANSI
51N). Creating fault and disturbance records. Selectable blocking.
The connection to the experimental circuit is via current transformers with
ratio to suit the inputs of the relay.
It allows an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 10%. Current: 1 A (A. C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz.
Operating time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490mm x 400mm x 310mm.
Weight: 15 Kg.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
Page 70
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of an industrial
directional/non directional
overcurrent relay.
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
ERP. Protection Relay Test: (continuation)
ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB) , to enable
investigations into protection of transformers, autotransformers, generators
and other apparatus with two windings.
It demonstrates the characteristics of three-phase differential protection.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial differential protection relay presented in an educational
and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
Differential protection (ANSI 87). Thermal overload protection (ANSI
49). Definete time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50P, ANSI 50Q and
ANSI 50N/G). Inverse time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51P, ANSI 51Q
and ANSI 51N/G).
Connection to the primary and secondary windings of the experimental is
circuit via current transformers with ratio to suit the inputs of the relay. This
provides an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 5%. Current: 1 A (A. C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz. Operating
time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490x400x310 mm.
Weight: 15 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of an industrial
differential protection relay.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
ERP-MA. Feeder Management Relay Module
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of an industrial
feeder management relay.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with the Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB), to enable
investigations into protection and monitoring of overhead transmission
lines.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial distance protection relay presented in an educational
and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
Full scheme phase and ground distance protection, up to five zones
(ANSI 21G and ANSI 21P). Directional/non-directional earth fault
(ANSI 50N, ANSI 51N, ANSI 67N). Directional/non-directional
phase overcurrent (ANSI 50, ANSI 51, ANSI 67). Directional/nondirectional negative sequence overcurrent (ANSI 46, ANSI 67).
Broken conductor. Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49). Creating
fault and disturbance records. Blocking of any one protection
element.
The connection to the experimental circuit is via current transformers with
ratio to suit the inputs of the relay.
It allows an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 10%. Current: 1 A (A. C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz. Operating
time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490x400x310 mm.
Weight: 15 Kg.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.-A wide range of practices and
investigations into the performance
and characteristics of an industrial
distance protection relay.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ERP.pdf
Page 71
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
For use with the Protection and Relay Test Unit (ERP-UB), to enable
investigations into protection and monitoring of overhead lines and
underground cables.
Modern and robust enclosure (steel box) with carrying handles.
Modern industrial feeder management relay presented in an educational
and teaching format.
The connections are via safety sockets.
The main functions:
4 independent stages of directional/non-directional overcurrent
(ANSI 50, ANSI 51, ANSI 67). Directional/non-directional earth fault
(ANSI 50N, ANSI 51N, ANSI 67N). Sensitive directional/nondirectional earth fault. Sensitive directional earth fault. Wattmetric
earth fault (ANSI 32N). Restricted earth fault (ANSI 64N).
Directional/non-directional negative sequence overcurrent (ANSI
46, ANSI 67). Under and overvoltage (ANSI 27, ANSI 59). Thermal
overload protection (ANSI 49). Residual overvoltage (ANSI 59N).
Under and over frequency. Negative sequence overvoltage (ANSI
47). Selectable blocking. Broken conductor. Creating fault and
disturbance records.
The connection to the experimental circuit is via current transformers with
ratio to suit the inputs of the relay.
It allows an effective demonstration of the effect of current and voltage
transformer ratio, connection and rating on protective relays.
Accuracy: +- 10%. Current: 1 A (A. C.). Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz. Operating
time: typically 10 ms to 25 ms.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: this unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions(approx.): 490x400x310 mm.
Weight: 15 Kg.
4.5- Electrical Machines Kits
EMT-KIT. Disassembly Machines Kit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This Disassembly Machines Kit “EMT-KIT” allows the
student to construct, operate and make more than 50
The student can study and make theses
machines assemblies:
assemblies and
1.- Machines operating principles.
practices of different electrical
machines.
We have designed EMT-KIT to introduce students to
2.- Electromagnetism introduction.
electrical machines basic principles and a good
3.- Basic DC and AC generators.
understanding of motors and generators operation.
The student, using this Kit, will see clearly the machines
4.- DC shunt motor (with and without
interpoles).
components and how interconnecting them, both
5.- DC shunt motor faults.
electrically and mechanically.
The different machines have protected rotating parts,
6.- DC series motor (with and without
interpoles).
use low voltages, but the machines characteristics are
compatible to their industrial models equivalents.
Baseplate.
Frame ring.
Fixed and removable bearing housings.
4.- Electricity
Shaft.
Squirrel cage rotor.
Wound stator.
Centrifugal switch.
Couplings.
Hand crank.
Interpoles.
Armature poles and Hub.
Armature, field and interpole coils.
Compound field coils.
Field poles.
Brush holders.
Brushes.
Commutator/slip rings.
Robust case for the elements.
Necessary tools and elements for normal working
operation.
All machines that may be assembled use low
voltage.
Protected rotating parts.
Operating at low power levels.
7.- DC compound motor (with and
without interpoles).
8.- DC shunt generator (with and
without interpoles).
9.- DC series generator (with and
without interpoles).
10.- DC compound generator (with and
without interpoles).
11.- DC separately excited generator
(with and without interpoles).
12.- Single-phase AC series universal
motor.
13.- Single-phase AC induction motor,
squirrel cage (4 pole).
14.-Single-phase AC induction motor,
squirrel cage (2 pole).
15.- Single-phase AC synchronous
motor/generator (4 pole).
16.- Single-phase AC synchronous
motor/generator (2 pole).
17.- Single-phase AC repulsion motor.
18.-Single-phase AC generator, rotating
armature.
Control switches and resistive and capacitive
19.- Single-phase AC generator, rotating
field.
elements included.
20.- AC brushless generator.
Power supply system:
The mains supply required is a 5-wire,
380/415V three-phase 50/60Hz power
system with neutral and earth connections.
The power supplies in the unit have overcurrent circuit breakers for equipment
protection and differential protection for
student safety, and have variable voltage
outputs for DC, single-phase AC and threephase AC.
This power supply has three-phase AC
variable supply totally adjustable, singlephase AC variable supply totally adjustable
21.- Three-phase AC induction motor,
squirrel cage (4 pole).
22.- Three-phase AC induction motor,
squirrel cage (2 pole).
23.- Three-phase AC synchronous motor
(2 pole).
24.- Three-phase AC synchronous
generator ( 2 pole).
25.- Shaded pole induction motor.
26.- Split field series motor.
27.- Stepper motors.
and DC power supply totally adjustable. This
28.- 4 pole induction motor faults.
unit cover all possibilities motors
29.- Pole changing induction motor.
requirements.
Brake dynamo.
30.- Synchronous motor characteristics.
Tacho-dynamo.
31.- Synchronisation.
Mobile elements are protected, and electrical
32.- AC motors power factor correction.
protections available.
Manuals: This Kits is supplied with 8 manuals.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/machineskits/EMT-KIT.pdf
Page 72
33.- DC motor dynamic braking.
issue:01/11
ELECTRICAL MACHINES. "DISASSEMBLY" MODULE
Ref: 0483
ITEM
1
1 / 3
REFERENCE
EMT-KIT
EMT-KIT/1
EMT-KIT/2
EMT-KIT/3
EMT-KIT/4
EMT-KIT/5
EMT-KIT/6
EMT-KIT/7
EMT-KIT/8
EMT-KIT/9
EMT-KIT/10
EMT-KIT/11
EMT-KIT/12
EMT-KIT/13
EMT-KIT/14
EMT-KIT/15
EMT-KIT/16
EMT-KIT/17
EMT-KIT/18
EMT-KIT/19
EMT-KIT/20
EMT-KIT/21
EMT-KIT/22
EMT-KIT/23
EMT-KIT/24
EMT-KIT/25
EMT-KIT/26
EMT-KIT/27
EMT-KIT/28
EMT-KIT/29
EMT-KIT/30
EMT-KIT/31
EMT-KIT/32
EMT-KIT/33
DESCRIPTION
DISASSEMBLY MACHINES KIT, FOR STUDYING:
MACHINES OPERATING PRINCIPLES
ELECTROMAGNETISM INTRODUCTION
BASIC DC AND AC GENERATORS
DC SHUNT MOTOR (WITH AND WITHOUT INTERPOLES)
DC SHUNT MOTOR FAULT
DC SERIES MOTOR (WITH AND WITHOUT
INTERPOLES)
DC COMPOUND MOTOR (WITH AND WITHOUT
INTERPOLES)
DC SHUNT GENERATOR (WITH AND WITHOUT
INTERPOLES)
DC SERIES GENERATOR (WITH AND WITHOUT
INTERPOLES)
DC COMPOUND GENERATOR (WITH AND WITHOUT
INTERPOLES)
DC SEPARATELY EXCITED GENERATOR (WITH AND
WITHOUT INTERPOLES)
SINGLE-PHASE AC SERIES UNIVERSAL MOTOR
SINGLE-PHASE AC INDUCTION MOTOR, SQUIRREL
CAGE (4 POLE)
SINGLE-PHASE AC INDUCTION MOTOR, SQUIRREL
CAGE (2 POLE)
SINGLE-PHASE AC SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR/GENERATOR
(4 POLE)
SINGLE-PHASE AC SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR/GENERATOR
(2 POLE)
SINGLE-PHASE AC REPULSION MOTOR
SNGLE-PHASE AC GENERATOR, ROTATING ARMATURE
SNGLE-PHASE AC GENERATOR, ROTATING FIELD
AC BRUSHLESS GENERATOR
THREE-PHASE AC INDUCTION MOTOR, SQUIRREL
CAGE (4 POLE)
THREE-PHASE AC INDUCTION MOTOR, SQUIRREL
CAGE (2 POLE)
THREE-PHASE AC SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR (2 POLE)
THREE-PHASE AC SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR (2
POLE)
SHADED POLE INDUCTION MOTOR
SPLIT FIELD SERIES MOTOR
STEPPER MOTOR
4 POLE INDUCTION MOTOR FAULTS
POLE CHANGING INDUCTION MOTOR
SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS
SYNCHRONISATION
AC MOTORS POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
DC MOTOR DYNAMIC BRAKING
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ref: 0483
ITEM
2 / 3
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
2
EMT-KIT/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR
DISASSEMBLY MACHINES KIT (RESULTS
CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS)
1
3
EMT-KIT/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF
DISASSEMBLY MACHINES KIT
1
4
INS/SOF
CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE
(TEACHER'S SOFTWARE)
1
5
MUAD
ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION
SYSTEM,INCLUDED:
ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX
DATA ACQUISITION BOARD
DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE
1
EPIB
DAB
MUAD/SOF
1
1
1
6
EALD
NETWORK ANALYCER UNIT WITH COMPUTER DATA
ACQUISITION + OSCILLOSCOPE (PC)
1
7
0483PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
8
0483PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
9
0483IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING UP
1
10
0483CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
11
0483TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
12
0483MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
Ref: 0483
3 / 3
* Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises,
Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis.
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 20 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions included:
a) Technical conditions:
- Laboratories adaptation.
- Installation of all units supplied.
- Starting up for all units.
- Training about the exercises to be done any unit.
- Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the
teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
4.5- Electrical Machines Kits
EMT-KIT. Disassembly Machines Kit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
This Disassembly Machines Kit “EMT-KIT” allows the
student to construct, operate and make more than 50
The student can study and make theses
machines assemblies:
assemblies and
1.- Machines operating principles.
practices of different electrical
machines.
We have designed EMT-KIT to introduce students to
2.- Electromagnetism introduction.
electrical machines basic principles and a good
3.- Basic DC and AC generators.
understanding of motors and generators operation.
The student, using this Kit, will see clearly the machines
4.- DC shunt motor (with and without
interpoles).
components and how interconnecting them, both
5.- DC shunt motor faults.
electrically and mechanically.
The different machines have protected rotating parts,
6.- DC series motor (with and without
interpoles).
use low voltages, but the machines characteristics are
compatible to their industrial models equivalents.
Baseplate.
Frame ring.
Fixed and removable bearing housings.
4.- Electricity
Shaft.
Squirrel cage rotor.
Wound stator.
Centrifugal switch.
Couplings.
Hand crank.
Interpoles.
Armature poles and Hub.
Armature, field and interpole coils.
Compound field coils.
Field poles.
Brush holders.
Brushes.
Commutator/slip rings.
Robust case for the elements.
Necessary tools and elements for normal working
operation.
All machines that may be assembled use low
voltage.
Protected rotating parts.
Operating at low power levels.
7.- DC compound motor (with and
without interpoles).
8.- DC shunt generator (with and
without interpoles).
9.- DC series generator (with and
without interpoles).
10.- DC compound generator (with and
without interpoles).
11.- DC separately excited generator
(with and without interpoles).
12.- Single-phase AC series universal
motor.
13.- Single-phase AC induction motor,
squirrel cage (4 pole).
14.-Single-phase AC induction motor,
squirrel cage (2 pole).
15.- Single-phase AC synchronous
motor/generator (4 pole).
16.- Single-phase AC synchronous
motor/generator (2 pole).
17.- Single-phase AC repulsion motor.
18.-Single-phase AC generator, rotating
armature.
Control switches and resistive and capacitive
19.- Single-phase AC generator, rotating
field.
elements included.
20.- AC brushless generator.
Power supply system:
The mains supply required is a 5-wire,
380/415V three-phase 50/60Hz power
system with neutral and earth connections.
The power supplies in the unit have overcurrent circuit breakers for equipment
protection and differential protection for
student safety, and have variable voltage
outputs for DC, single-phase AC and threephase AC.
This power supply has three-phase AC
variable supply totally adjustable, singlephase AC variable supply totally adjustable
21.- Three-phase AC induction motor,
squirrel cage (4 pole).
22.- Three-phase AC induction motor,
squirrel cage (2 pole).
23.- Three-phase AC synchronous motor
(2 pole).
24.- Three-phase AC synchronous
generator ( 2 pole).
25.- Shaded pole induction motor.
26.- Split field series motor.
27.- Stepper motors.
and DC power supply totally adjustable. This
28.- 4 pole induction motor faults.
unit cover all possibilities motors
29.- Pole changing induction motor.
requirements.
Brake dynamo.
30.- Synchronous motor characteristics.
Tacho-dynamo.
31.- Synchronisation.
Mobile elements are protected, and electrical
32.- AC motors power factor correction.
protections available.
Manuals: This Kits is supplied with 8 manuals.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/machineskits/EMT-KIT.pdf
Page 72
33.- DC motor dynamic braking.
issue:01/11
CUT AWAY MOTORS. BASIC MODULE
Ref: 0490
1 / 1
ITEM
1
REFERENCE
EMT-S
EMT-5S
EMT-6S
EMT-7S
EMT-11S
EMT-12S
EMT-16S
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
CUT AWAY MOTORS, FORMED BY:
DC SHUNT-SERIES-COMPOUND MOTOR
SYNCHRONOUS ALTERNATOR MOTOR
THREE-PHASE MOTOR SQUIRREL CAGE
SINGLE-PHASE EXCITATION CUT AWAY MOTOR OF
CONDENSER
UNIVERSAL SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR
SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR WITH STARTING CONDENSER
& WORKING
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
0470PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
3
0470PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
4
0470IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP
1
5
0470CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
6
0470TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
7
0470MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions:
a) Technical conditions included:
-
Laboratories adaptation.
Installation of all units supplied.
Starting up for all units.
Training about the exercises to be done with any unit.
- Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and
the teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
. Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
EMT-S. Cut Away Motors:
Available cut away motors:
-EMT1-S.
-EMT2-S.
-EMT3-S.
-EMT4-S.
-EMT5-S.
-EMT6-S.
-EMT7-S.
DC Independent excitation motor-generator.
DC Series excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt excitation motor-generator.
DC Compound excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt-series compound excitation motor.
AC Synchronous alternator motor.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with
squirrel cage.
-EMT8-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with wound
rotor.
-EMT9-S. Dahlander three-phase (two-speeds).
-EMT10-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with two
independent speeds.
-EMT11-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting capacitor.
-EMT12-S. Universal motor (single-phase).
-EMT14-S. Repulsion motor, single-phase with shortcircuited brushes.
-EMT15-S. DC Permanent magnet motor.
-EMT16-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting and running capacitor.
-EMT17-S. Three-phase motor of squirrel cage with “Y”
connection.
-EMT18-S. DC Brushless motor.
-EMT19-S. Stepper motor.
-EMT20-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with split
phase.
-EMT21-S. Three-phase Reluctance motor.
-EMT22-S. Single-phase Shaded Pole motor.
ESAM. Faults Simulation Trainer in Electrical Motors
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAM.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Detection of fault on a phase.
2.- Detection of fault on the supply
voltage.
3.- Coils with turns in short circuit.
4.- Measurement the resistance of the
windings.
5.- Detection of open-ended coil.
6.- Detection of short circuit in coils from
different phase.
7.- Measurement the resistance
between coils from different
phases.
8.- Detection of ground fault.
9.- Measurement of the insulation
resistance between the winding and
the motor case.
10.- Motor in star connection.
11.- Motor in delta connection.
ESAE. Electrical Faults Simulation Trainer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the
elements in the real unit.
With this trainer the following troubles or faults, among others, may be fixed
and determined:
-Power off.
-Fuse blown.
-Defective main circuit broker. Defective leak current coil relay.
-Ground fault.
-Detection of fault on the supply voltage.
-Capacitor:Starting capacitor open and run capacitor open, starting
capacitor shorted and run capacitor shorted.
-Thermostat contacts stuck open and closed.
-Relay contacts stuck closed. Relay windings open.
-Fan:Fan motor windings open and shorted. Fan relay windings open and
shorted. Fan relay contacts stuck closed. Fan relay contacts are rusting. Fan
thermostat contacts stuck closed. Fan thermostat sensor bulb stuck
opened.
-Motor: Starting motor windings open and shorted. Running motor
windings open and shorted.
-Compressor: Thermal overload open. Compressor motor winding
grounded.
-Low voltage.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 400 x 330 x 400 mm. approx.
Weight: 10 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAE.pdf
EEA. Alternators Study Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Unit for the study of alternators. Starting, operation and regulation of an
alternator without load, half load and full load.
The unit comprises:
Base structure (painted steel and anodized aluminium).
Couplings. Connectors.
EMT7. Asyncrhonous Three-phase motor of squirrel cage:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 2769 r.p.m. (50Hz), 3330 r.p.m. (60Hz).
Connections: Star/triangle.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz. V.Armature:230/400V (50Hz), 250/440V.
(60Hz). I.Armature nominal:1A-0.7A.
EMT6. A. C. Syncrhonous alternator motor:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 3000 r.p.m. Frequency: 50Hz.
Connections: Star/triangle.
V.excitation nominal: 220V D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.59A.
V.Armature.: 3x220/380V.
VVCA/B. AC motors speed controller:
This unit enables to change the speed of an asynchronous motor,
obtaining features which characterize a motor.
Maximum power: 750 W. Frequency from 0 to 60Hz.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 750 mm x 250 mm x 250mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three -phase
alternator.
2.- Typical practices for a three-phase
alternator.
3.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
without load.
4.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
in short circuit.
5.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
with load.
6.- Synchronous motor starting.
7.- Working at a frequency given.
8.- Curves in V at constant power (1/4,
1/3, ½,1) PN and different power
factors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/EEA.pdf
Page 69
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Teaching trainer for the simulation of non-destructive faults in three-phase
motors. Application of diagnostic and localization.
Unit and motor are mounted in a painted steel structure.
Unit:
Steel box.
Electrical diagram of the motor on the front panel. The motor can be
connected in star or delta connection.
Connections for the measurements. The resistance of the windings can be
measured. Pilot lamps. 6-position selector for the selection of the fault
sequences. Switch for faults activation.
Faults are implemented by means a PLC and internal relays. This lets the
motor can keep on working in different conditions when certain faults are
caused.
6 fuses of 2A to protect the motor.
Automatic Magnetothermal Differential switch.
Dahlander three-phase motor (0.3 to 0.5 CV), including cable and
connector.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 800 mm x 400 mm x 400 mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
issue:01/11
CUT AWAY MOTORS. MEDIUM MODULE
Ref: 0491
1 / 1
ITEM
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
EMT-S
EMT-1S
EMT-2S
EMT-3S
EMT-4S
EMT-8S
EMT-9S
CUT AWAY MOTORS, FORMED BY:
DC INDEPENDENT EXCITATION CUT AWAY MOTOR
DC SERIES EXCITATION CUT AWAY
DC SHUNT EXCITATION MOTOR
DC COMPOUND EXCITATION MOTOR
THREE-PHASE MOTOR WOUND ROTOR
DAHLANDER THREE-PHASE 1500/3000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
0470PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
3
0470PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
4
0470IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP
1
5
0470CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
6
0470TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
7
0470MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions:
a) Technical conditions included:
-
Laboratories adaptation.
Installation of all units supplied.
Starting up for all units.
Training about the exercises to be done with any unit.
- Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and
the teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
. Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
EMT-S. Cut Away Motors:
Available cut away motors:
-EMT1-S.
-EMT2-S.
-EMT3-S.
-EMT4-S.
-EMT5-S.
-EMT6-S.
-EMT7-S.
DC Independent excitation motor-generator.
DC Series excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt excitation motor-generator.
DC Compound excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt-series compound excitation motor.
AC Synchronous alternator motor.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with
squirrel cage.
-EMT8-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with wound
rotor.
-EMT9-S. Dahlander three-phase (two-speeds).
-EMT10-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with two
independent speeds.
-EMT11-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting capacitor.
-EMT12-S. Universal motor (single-phase).
-EMT14-S. Repulsion motor, single-phase with shortcircuited brushes.
-EMT15-S. DC Permanent magnet motor.
-EMT16-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting and running capacitor.
-EMT17-S. Three-phase motor of squirrel cage with “Y”
connection.
-EMT18-S. DC Brushless motor.
-EMT19-S. Stepper motor.
-EMT20-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with split
phase.
-EMT21-S. Three-phase Reluctance motor.
-EMT22-S. Single-phase Shaded Pole motor.
ESAM. Faults Simulation Trainer in Electrical Motors
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAM.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Detection of fault on a phase.
2.- Detection of fault on the supply
voltage.
3.- Coils with turns in short circuit.
4.- Measurement the resistance of the
windings.
5.- Detection of open-ended coil.
6.- Detection of short circuit in coils from
different phase.
7.- Measurement the resistance
between coils from different
phases.
8.- Detection of ground fault.
9.- Measurement of the insulation
resistance between the winding and
the motor case.
10.- Motor in star connection.
11.- Motor in delta connection.
ESAE. Electrical Faults Simulation Trainer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the
elements in the real unit.
With this trainer the following troubles or faults, among others, may be fixed
and determined:
-Power off.
-Fuse blown.
-Defective main circuit broker. Defective leak current coil relay.
-Ground fault.
-Detection of fault on the supply voltage.
-Capacitor:Starting capacitor open and run capacitor open, starting
capacitor shorted and run capacitor shorted.
-Thermostat contacts stuck open and closed.
-Relay contacts stuck closed. Relay windings open.
-Fan:Fan motor windings open and shorted. Fan relay windings open and
shorted. Fan relay contacts stuck closed. Fan relay contacts are rusting. Fan
thermostat contacts stuck closed. Fan thermostat sensor bulb stuck
opened.
-Motor: Starting motor windings open and shorted. Running motor
windings open and shorted.
-Compressor: Thermal overload open. Compressor motor winding
grounded.
-Low voltage.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 400 x 330 x 400 mm. approx.
Weight: 10 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAE.pdf
EEA. Alternators Study Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Unit for the study of alternators. Starting, operation and regulation of an
alternator without load, half load and full load.
The unit comprises:
Base structure (painted steel and anodized aluminium).
Couplings. Connectors.
EMT7. Asyncrhonous Three-phase motor of squirrel cage:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 2769 r.p.m. (50Hz), 3330 r.p.m. (60Hz).
Connections: Star/triangle.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz. V.Armature:230/400V (50Hz), 250/440V.
(60Hz). I.Armature nominal:1A-0.7A.
EMT6. A. C. Syncrhonous alternator motor:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 3000 r.p.m. Frequency: 50Hz.
Connections: Star/triangle.
V.excitation nominal: 220V D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.59A.
V.Armature.: 3x220/380V.
VVCA/B. AC motors speed controller:
This unit enables to change the speed of an asynchronous motor,
obtaining features which characterize a motor.
Maximum power: 750 W. Frequency from 0 to 60Hz.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 750 mm x 250 mm x 250mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three -phase
alternator.
2.- Typical practices for a three-phase
alternator.
3.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
without load.
4.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
in short circuit.
5.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
with load.
6.- Synchronous motor starting.
7.- Working at a frequency given.
8.- Curves in V at constant power (1/4,
1/3, ½,1) PN and different power
factors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/EEA.pdf
Page 69
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Teaching trainer for the simulation of non-destructive faults in three-phase
motors. Application of diagnostic and localization.
Unit and motor are mounted in a painted steel structure.
Unit:
Steel box.
Electrical diagram of the motor on the front panel. The motor can be
connected in star or delta connection.
Connections for the measurements. The resistance of the windings can be
measured. Pilot lamps. 6-position selector for the selection of the fault
sequences. Switch for faults activation.
Faults are implemented by means a PLC and internal relays. This lets the
motor can keep on working in different conditions when certain faults are
caused.
6 fuses of 2A to protect the motor.
Automatic Magnetothermal Differential switch.
Dahlander three-phase motor (0.3 to 0.5 CV), including cable and
connector.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 800 mm x 400 mm x 400 mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
issue:01/11
CUT AWAY MOTORS. ADVANCED MODULE
Ref: 0492
ITEM
1
1 / 2
REFERENCE
EMT-S
EMT-7BS
EMT-10S
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
1
1
EMT-18S
EMT-19S
EMT-20S
EMT-21S
EMT-22S
CUT AWAY MOTORS, FORMED BY:
THREE-PHASE MOTOR OF SQUIRREL CAGE (DOUBLE)
2 VELOCITIES THREE-PHASE EXCITATION CUT
AWAY MOTOR
REPULSION MOTOR
D.C. PERMANENT MAGNETS MOTOR
THREE-PHASE MOTOR OF SQUIRREL CAGE WITH "Y"
CONNECTION
BRUSHLESS MOTOR
STEPPING MOTOR
SPLIT PHASE MOTOR
THREE-PHASE RELUCTANCE MOTOR
SINGLE-PHASE SHADED POLE MOTOR
2
0470PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
3
0470PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
4
0470IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP
1
5
0470CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
6
0470TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
7
0470MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
EMT-14S
EMT-15S
EMT-17S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ref: 0492
2 / 2
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions:
a) Technical conditions included:
-
Laboratories adaptation.
Installation of all units supplied.
Starting up for all units.
Training about the exercises to be done with any unit.
- Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and
the teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
. Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
4.4- Electrical Machines
(continuation)
EMT-S. Cut Away Motors:
Available cut away motors:
-EMT1-S.
-EMT2-S.
-EMT3-S.
-EMT4-S.
-EMT5-S.
-EMT6-S.
-EMT7-S.
DC Independent excitation motor-generator.
DC Series excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt excitation motor-generator.
DC Compound excitation motor-generator.
DC Shunt-series compound excitation motor.
AC Synchronous alternator motor.
Asynchronous three-phase motor with
squirrel cage.
-EMT8-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with wound
rotor.
-EMT9-S. Dahlander three-phase (two-speeds).
-EMT10-S. Asynchronous three-phase motor with two
independent speeds.
-EMT11-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting capacitor.
-EMT12-S. Universal motor (single-phase).
-EMT14-S. Repulsion motor, single-phase with shortcircuited brushes.
-EMT15-S. DC Permanent magnet motor.
-EMT16-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with
starting and running capacitor.
-EMT17-S. Three-phase motor of squirrel cage with “Y”
connection.
-EMT18-S. DC Brushless motor.
-EMT19-S. Stepper motor.
-EMT20-S. Asynchronous single-phase motor with split
phase.
-EMT21-S. Three-phase Reluctance motor.
-EMT22-S. Single-phase Shaded Pole motor.
ESAM. Faults Simulation Trainer in Electrical Motors
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAM.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Detection of fault on a phase.
2.- Detection of fault on the supply
voltage.
3.- Coils with turns in short circuit.
4.- Measurement the resistance of the
windings.
5.- Detection of open-ended coil.
6.- Detection of short circuit in coils from
different phase.
7.- Measurement the resistance
between coils from different
phases.
8.- Detection of ground fault.
9.- Measurement of the insulation
resistance between the winding and
the motor case.
10.- Motor in star connection.
11.- Motor in delta connection.
ESAE. Electrical Faults Simulation Trainer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Steel box. Diagram in the front panel with similar distribution that the
elements in the real unit.
With this trainer the following troubles or faults, among others, may be fixed
and determined:
-Power off.
-Fuse blown.
-Defective main circuit broker. Defective leak current coil relay.
-Ground fault.
-Detection of fault on the supply voltage.
-Capacitor:Starting capacitor open and run capacitor open, starting
capacitor shorted and run capacitor shorted.
-Thermostat contacts stuck open and closed.
-Relay contacts stuck closed. Relay windings open.
-Fan:Fan motor windings open and shorted. Fan relay windings open and
shorted. Fan relay contacts stuck closed. Fan relay contacts are rusting. Fan
thermostat contacts stuck closed. Fan thermostat sensor bulb stuck
opened.
-Motor: Starting motor windings open and shorted. Running motor
windings open and shorted.
-Compressor: Thermal overload open. Compressor motor winding
grounded.
-Low voltage.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 400 x 330 x 400 mm. approx.
Weight: 10 Kg. approx.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/ESAE.pdf
EEA. Alternators Study Unit
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Unit for the study of alternators. Starting, operation and regulation of an
alternator without load, half load and full load.
The unit comprises:
Base structure (painted steel and anodized aluminium).
Couplings. Connectors.
EMT7. Asyncrhonous Three-phase motor of squirrel cage:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 2769 r.p.m. (50Hz), 3330 r.p.m. (60Hz).
Connections: Star/triangle.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz. V.Armature:230/400V (50Hz), 250/440V.
(60Hz). I.Armature nominal:1A-0.7A.
EMT6. A. C. Syncrhonous alternator motor:
Power: 250-300W. Speed: 3000 r.p.m. Frequency: 50Hz.
Connections: Star/triangle.
V.excitation nominal: 220V D.C. I.Excitation nominal: 0.59A.
V.Armature.: 3x220/380V.
VVCA/B. AC motors speed controller:
This unit enables to change the speed of an asynchronous motor,
obtaining features which characterize a motor.
Maximum power: 750 W. Frequency from 0 to 60Hz.
Cables and accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 750 mm x 250 mm x 250mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Starting, voltage and frequency
regulation in a three -phase
alternator.
2.- Typical practices for a three-phase
alternator.
3.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
without load.
4.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
in short circuit.
5.- Characteristic curve of an alternator
with load.
6.- Synchronous motor starting.
7.- Working at a frequency given.
8.- Curves in V at constant power (1/4,
1/3, ½,1) PN and different power
factors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/machines/EEA.pdf
Page 69
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Teaching trainer for the simulation of non-destructive faults in three-phase
motors. Application of diagnostic and localization.
Unit and motor are mounted in a painted steel structure.
Unit:
Steel box.
Electrical diagram of the motor on the front panel. The motor can be
connected in star or delta connection.
Connections for the measurements. The resistance of the windings can be
measured. Pilot lamps. 6-position selector for the selection of the fault
sequences. Switch for faults activation.
Faults are implemented by means a PLC and internal relays. This lets the
motor can keep on working in different conditions when certain faults are
caused.
6 fuses of 2A to protect the motor.
Automatic Magnetothermal Differential switch.
Dahlander three-phase motor (0.3 to 0.5 CV), including cable and
connector.
Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions: 800 mm x 400 mm x 400 mm approx. Weight: 30Kg. approx.
Advanced Electrical Machines Laboratory
(4EMAD)
List of modules and teaching units included plus
Summarised Catalogues
Priority 2
0400 Electricity
0433-430/10S: Industrial Electric Installations (10 CAI + CAL)
0500 Energy
0510: Energy: Modular Power System Simulator Basic Module
0511: Energy: Modular Power Simulator (ESN)
Ref.:4EMAD-pre(01/11)
issue:01/11
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC INSTALLATIONS (10 CAI + CAL)
Ref: 0433-430/10S
ITEM
1
REFERENCE
1 / 3
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
LIELBA .
"INDUSTRIAL " ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
INTEGRATED LABORATORY, FORMED BY:
AI1
ALI01
ALI03
CON01
IAM20
APPLICATION - STAR - DELTA STARTER,INCLUDED:
INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY.
AC AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY (24 VAC).
3-POLES CONTACTOR (24 VAC).
3-POLE MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCH 4
A, CURVE C.
NETWORK ANALYZER.
PUSH-BUTTONS WITH LIGHT (24 VAC).
THERMAL RELAY (1.6 - 2.5 A).
TIME RELAY (0.6 - 60 SEC.).
MOTOR (EMT7) (SQUIRREL CAGE).
1
1
1
3
1
MED60
PUL04
REL02
REL11
VAR02
1
1
1
1
1
2
AI1/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE
APPLICATION - STAR - DELTA STARTER
10
3
AI1/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE
APPLICATION - STAR - DELTA STARTER.
(RESULTS CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS)
10
4
AI4
ALI01
CAR30
CAR31
CAR32
CAR33
LAM09
LAM26
MED65
REL50
VAR02
VAR15
TRA28
VAR16
APPLICATION - STARTER- INVERTER, INCLUDED:
INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY.
INDUCTANCES MODULE
CAPACITORS MODULE
RECTIFIER DIODES MODULE
RESISTIVE COMPONENTS MODULE
FLUORESCENT LAMP.
LIGHTING MODULE
DIGITAL MULTIMETER.
RELAYS
MOTOR (EMT7) (SQUIRREL CAGE).
SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR OF CAPACITOR
THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER
ELECTROMAGNETISM KITS WITH GROUP OF MOTORGENERATOR
DISMANTLED TRANSFORMER KIT
ELECTROSTATIC KIT
OPEN UNIVERSAL MOTOR
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
VAR17
VAR18
VAR25
1
1
1
5
AI4/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE
APPLICATION - STARTER- INVERTER
10
6
AI4/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE
APPLICATION - STARTER- INVERTER. (RESULTS
CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS)
10
7
AI6
ALI01
ALI04
CAR23
VAR04
APPLICATION - DC MOTOR STARTER, INCLUDED:
INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY.
DC AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY (+ 12, 0, -12VDC).
DC STARTING RHEOSTAT.
MOTOR (EMT5) (DC MOTOR).
1
1
1
1
1
Ref: 0433-430/10S
ITEM
7
2 / 3
REFERENCE
PUL04
CON03
IAM20
CAR20
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
PUSH-BUTTONS WITH LIGHT (24 VAC).
3-POLES CONTACTOR (12 VDC).
3-POLE MAGNETO-THERMAL AUTOMATIC SWITCH 4
A, CURVE C.
DIODES AND THYRISTORS.
1
1
1
1
8
AI6/SOF*
COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION SOFTWARE OF THE
APPLICATION - DC MOTOR STARTER
10
9
AI6/CAL
COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING SOFTWARE FOR THE
APPLICATION - DC MOTOR STARTER. (RESULTS
CALCULATION AND ANALYSIS)
10
10
INS/SOF
CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE
(TEACHER'S SOFTWARE)
1
11
MUAD
1
EPIB
DAB
MUAD/SOF
ELECTRIC POWER DATA ACQUISITION
SYSTEM,INCLUDED:
ELECTRIC POWER INTERFACE BOX
DATA ACQUISITION BOARD
DATA ACQUISITION SOFTWARE
1
1
1
12
CABD
CABLES KIT
1
13
0420PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
14
0420PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
15
0420IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP
1
16
0420CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
17
0420TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
18
0420MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
Ref: 0433-430/10S
3 / 3
* Each Software Package contains the following parts: Theory, Exercises,
Guided Practices, Self-evaluation (exam), Video and Statistical analysis.
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module is for 10 students post, but we can recommend the number of
units for 20 or 30 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions included:
a) Technical conditions:
- Laboratories adaptation.
- Installation of all units supplied.
- Starting up for all units.
- Training about the exercises to be done any unit.
- Teacher training related with the teaching unit and the
teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
4.1- Basic Electricity
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory:
2
1
APPLICATIONS
Frame
2
(applications support)
(AD1A)
(AI1)
(BASB)
Modules automatic
anchorage system
High Safety
(AD3A)
APPLICATIONS
Automatic earth
connection system
(AI2)
Sight of the frame with some modules
allocated
or
(BASS)
(AD5)
(AI4)
(AI5)
(AD6A)
3
4.- Electricity
Sight of the frame
with some modules allocated
CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System
Teaching
Technique
used
(AD8)
INS/SOF.
(AE7)
Teacher Software
EMT../SOF.
Student/Module Software
(AD9A)
4
(AE8)
MUAD. Electric Power Data Acquisition System
Teaching
Technique
used
EPIB. Electric power
interface box
(AD13)
(AE9)
DAB. Data adquisition board
MUAD/SOF. Power Data
acquisition System
5
Manuals
Other APPLICATIONS
TOTALLY
SAFETY SYSTEM
Other APPLICATIONS
The complete laboratory includes part 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 ,and any part can be supplied individually or additionally.
Minimum supply: Frame (BASB or BASS) + one Application + Manuals.
Available Applications:
! Domestic Electric Installations:
AD1A. Robbery alarm station.
AD3A. Fire alarm station.
AD5. Temporization of stairs.
AD6A. Luminosity control station.
AD8. Blinds activator.
AD9A. Heating control station.
AD11A. Network analyzer.
AD13. Audio door entry system.
AD14. Audio and video door
entry system.
AD15A. Position control station.
AD17A. Photoelectric control
position station.
AD24. Position Switch.
AD19A. Sound station.
AD22. Flooding control station.
AD23. Wireless basic control
station (RF).
AD25A. C o n t r o l s t a t i o n f o r
domestic electric services
through the telephone.
AD28A. Integral control station of
domestic electric systems.
AD30. Gas control station.
AD31. Movement and sound
detection and control.
AD32. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits
analyzer.
AD33. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s
simulator.
! Industrial Electric Installations:
AI1. Star-delta starter.
AI2. S t a r t e r t h r o u g h a u t o transformer.
AI3. Speed commutator for
Dahlander motor.
AI4. Starter-inverter.
AI5. AC wound rotor motor
starter.
AI6. DC motor starter.
AI7. Automatic change of speed
of a Dahlander motor with
change of direction.
AI8. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor
correction).
AI9. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t
indirect electrical contacts
in TT neutral regimen.
AI10. People safety against indirect
electrical contacts in TN
neutral regimen.
AI11. People safety against indirect electrical
contacts in IT neutral regimen.
AI12. Modular Trainer(AC motors).
AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics.
! Energy Installations:
AE1. Aerial line model.
AE2. Reactive energy control and
compensation.
AE3. Test unit for magneto-thermal automatic
switches.
AE4. Test unit for differential automatic switches.
AE5. Relay control station.
AE6. Energy counters control station.
AE7. Multi-functional electrical protection
station.
AE8. Power & torque measurements of
electrical motors.
AE9. Directional Relay: Earth fault detection.
Directional power flow detection. Reactive
power flow detection.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
Page 37
www.edibon.com
4.1- Basic Electricity
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory:
1
(continuation)
(continuation)
Frame
Applications support. There are two options to chose:
BAS-B. Basic Frame
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Anodized aluminium structure and modular building.
Possibility of housing up to 10 different modules.
Automatic anchorage system for any module.
Automatic earth connection system.
or
BASS. Double Frame
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.- Electricity
Double frame, single side working post.
Anodized aluminium structure and modular building.
Dimensions approx.:1300mm x 800mm x 700mm.
Possibility of housing until 12 different modules at the same
time. Transparent internal separation. Automatic anchorage
system for any module. Automatic earth connection system.
Dimensions: 1300x800x700mm. approx. Weight:
2
Applications
Main features:
Painted steel modules. All modules have handles and diagram. Automatic anchorage system for housing the modules in the frame. Automatic earth connection in the
modules. Safety connections. Safety wires.
There is a manual for each application (8 manuals normally supplied).
Domestic Electrical Installations
AD1A. Robbery Alarm Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
DET27. Glass Break Detector.
INT32. Intrusion Switch/Detector with Relay 1000W. (2 units).
SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights.
SEL21. Indoor Siren.
VAR07. Kit: Burglar Alarm Central + infrared ele. + battery.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the station with intrusion detector and alarm.
2.- Assembly of the station with glass breaking detector and
alarm.
3.- Assembly of the station with both types of detectors and alarm.
4.- Assembly of the station with infrared detectors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD1A.pdf
AD3A. Fire Alarm Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
ALA02. Fire Alarm Station (with battery).
DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control.
DET21. Fire Detector through Ionization for Central.
SEL21. Indoor Siren.
DET10. Water Electro-valve.
DET22. Fire Thermal Detector.
SEL17. Fire Indicators, Bell type.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the station with fire detector, smoke detector and
alarm.
2.- Test of the station with fire detector.
3.- Test of the station with smoke detector.
4.- Test of the station with detection of fire by the thermal detector.
5.- Activation of the electro-valve following the detection of the
fire.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD5. Temporization of Stairs
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
CTI10. Automatic of Stairs.
INT21. Switch+Commutator Group+Bell Push-Button.
LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units).
LAM13. 2 Low Consumption Fluorescent Lamps. (2 units).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the basic set of temporization.
2.- Test of the set from two points with incandescent lamps.
3.- Test of the set from two points with fluorescent lamps.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD5.pdf
AD6A. Luminosity Control Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
COM14. 2 Commutators.
LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W.
REG06. Voltage Electronic Regulator (Switch) 40 to 300W/230Vac.
INT18. 1-pole Switch + 1-pole Switch with Light.
LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps.
LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp.
SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall).
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD6A.pdf
Page 38
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.5.6.-
Assembly of the control station.
Control of luminosity of an halogen lamp.
Control of luminosity of an incandescent lamp.
Test of the station by movement sensor.
Luminosity control.
Complete control.
4.1- Basic Electricity
(continuation)
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory:
2
(continuation)
Applications
(continuation)
Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation)
AD8. Blinds Activator
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
INT22. 2 Switches for Blinds.
DET19. Twilight Detector.
DET20. Light Detector.
VAR01. Motor for Blinds / Curtains.
PUL29. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (without Interlock).
PUL30. 2 Push-Buttons Group for Blinds (with Interlock).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the activator (motor, detectors and switches).
2.- Blind activation by pulsators (push-buttons).
3.- Blind activation by sensors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD9A. Heating Control Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
MED76. Thermostat for Heating.
MED77. Thermostat for Heating and Refrigeration.
SEL09. 2 Double Luminous Signalling red-green 230Vac. (2 units).
TIM01. 2 Bell 70dB,230V. (2 units).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the heating control station.
2.- Assembly of the heating and refrigeration control.
3.- Test with several temperatures.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
MED11. AC Ammeter (0-10A).
MED25. Pointer Frequency Meter(45-65Hz).
MED32. 1-Phase Wattmeter 230V.
MED21. AC Voltmeter (0-250V).
MED30. 1-Phase Phasemeter 230V.
MED38. 1-Phase Varmeter 230V.
MED12. AC Ammeter (custom made). (3 units).
MED22. AC Voltmeter (0-400V). (3 units).
MED31. 3-Phase Phasemeter 400V. (3 units).
MED39. 3-Phase Balanced Varmeter 440V.
MED33. 3-Phase Balanced Wattmeter 440V.
MED63. Synchronoscope.
MED64. Phase Sequence Indicator.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage,
frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases
of a 220V single-phase circuit.
2.- Assembly of the analyzer to measure current, voltage,
frequency, active power, reactive power, sequence of phases
of a 380V three-phase circuit.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD13. Audio Door Entry System
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
POR01. Phones Power Supply.
POR02. Phone.
POR03. Interphone.
POR06. Lock.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the system.
2.- To check the interphone operation.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD14. Audio and Video Door Entry System
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
POR06. Lock.
POR05. Phone/Monitor.
POR04. Video Camera.
POR07. Digital Station.
POR08. Video-Interphone Power Supply.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the system.
2.- To check of the video and audio operation.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD14.pdf
AD15A. Position Control Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
INT14. 1-pole 2 Switches.
SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons.
SEN04. Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor type PNP.
SEN14. AC Cylindrical Capacitive Proximity Sensor.
SEN29. AC Cylindrical Inductive Proximity Sensor.
SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-Switch.
SEN26. Presence and Movement Sensor (Wall).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.-
Assembly of the station with sensors.
Test of the capacitive detection of a body.
Test of the inductive position detection of a body.
Assembly of the station with presence and movement wall
sensor.
5.- To check the movement detection of a body.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD17A. Photoelectric Control Position Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
LAM04. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (24Vac). (2 units).
SEN18. Cylindrical Photoelectric Sensor.
SEN19. Miniature Photoelectric Sensor.
SEN20. Compact Photoelectric Sensor.
SEN21. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter).
SEN22. Barrier Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor).
SEN23. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Emitter).
SEN24. Reflecting Photoelectric Sensor (Receptor).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.-
Assembly of the control station.
Test of the detection with cylindrical sensor.
Test of the detection with miniature sensor.
Test of the detection with compact sensor.
Assembly of the control station with battery and sensors.
Test of the detection with emitters and receivers.
Test with only emitters and receptors.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
Page 39
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
AD11A. Network Analyzer
4.1- Basic Electricity
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory:
2
(continuation)
(continuation)
Applications
(continuation)
Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation)
AD24. Position Switch
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply.
LAM03. 3 Push-buttons and Lamps (220Vac).
SEN01. Instantaneous Micro-switch.
SEN02. MBB Micro-switch.
SEN03. BBM Micro-switch.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Instantaneous Micro-switch.
2.- MBB Micro-switch.
3.- BBM Micro-switch.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD19A. Sound Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
4.- Electricity
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
AUD01. Analog Sound Regulator.
AUD04. Speaker of 2”, 2W, 8 ohm. (3 units).
AUD06. Basic Audio Central.
AUD20. Analog Sound Regulator (mono-stereo).
AUD02. Digital Sound Regulator.
AUD05. Speaker of 4”, 7W, 8 ohm. (3 units).
AUD03. Warnings Emitter Module.
AUD08. Background Music Regulator 3W.
AUD10. Double Background Music Regulator.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.5.-
Mono-stereo system installation.
Mono system with warnings reception.
Mono-stereo system installation with warnings reception.
Stereo system installation with warnings reception.
Background Music installation.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD22. Flooding Control Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector).
DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe).
DET10. Water Electro-valve.
DET11. Probe for Water Electro-valve. (2 units).
SEL03. 3 Pilot-Lights.
SEL21. Indoor Siren.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the flooding control with a probe.
2.- Test of the flooding control.
3.- Test of the flooding control acting on an eletro-valve.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD23. Wireless Basic Control Station (RF)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF.
DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF.
DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF.
DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF.
SEL01. Light Signalling Beacons.
TIM05. Bell + Buzzer.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Wireless intrusion detection and alarm.
2.- Wireless panic button alarm.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD25A. Control Station for Domestic Electric Services through the Telephone
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
CTR01. Basic Control Module.
DET01. Flooding Detector.
DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector). (3units).
DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe).
DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control.
DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control.
DET10. Water Electro-valve.
DET12. Gas Electro-valve.
DET13. Wireless Intrusion Detector RF.
DET14. Wireless Panic Push-button RF.
DET15. Wireless 1-channel Receptor RF.
VAR05. Tones Dialling Telephone.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.-
Smoke detection.
Gas detection and electro-valve control.
Flooding detection and electro-valve control.
Temperature and Battery.
Intrusion detection.
Wireless detection.
Complete control of home electric services through the
telephone.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD28A. Integral Control Station of Domestic Electric Systems
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
CTR02. Advanced Control Module.
CTR05. Power Module 72W.
CTR07. Timers Module.
CTR08. Inputs Module 24V.
CTR11. Outputs Module 24V.
CTR17. Infrared Remote Control for Control Modules.
CTR18. Infrared Receptor.
DET04. Flooding Detector (with probe).
DET05. Gas Detector for domestic control.
DET06. Smoke Detector for domestic control.
DET09. Intrusion Detector for domestic control.
DET10. Water Electro-valve.
DET12. Gas Electro-valve.
VAR08. Monitor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AD28A.pdf
Page 40
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the complete system with
the smoke,
flooding and gas detectors.
2.- Test of the station with smoke, flooding and gas
detectors.
3.- To set the temporization and monitoring the results.
4.- Assembly of the complete system with infrared and
instrusion detectors.
5.- Test of the station with infrared and instrusion
detectors.
6.- Electro-valves activation.
7.- Wireless assembly of the sensor through infrared
control.
4.1- Basic Electricity
(continuation)
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory:
2
AD30. Gas Control Station
(continuation)
Applications
(continuation)
Domestic Electrical Installations (continuation)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
DET12. Gas Electro-valve.
DET03. Fitted Power Supply (gas and flooding detector).
DET02. Gas Detector.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Gas detection.
2.- Electro-valve activation.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD31. Movement and Sound Detection and Control
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
INT15. 2 Switches with Light.
LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W.
INT31. Intrusion Switch/Detector from 40 to 300W.
LAM10. 2 Halogen Lamps.
PUL22. 2 Light Push-Buttons.
TIM05. Bell + Buzzer.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Movement and sound detection controlled by switches.
2.- Movement and sound detection controlled by pulsators.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc).
MED04. DC Milliammeter (0-600 mA).
MED05. DC Ammeter (0-1.5A).
MED08. AC Milliammeter (0-600mA).
MED09. AC Ammeter (0-2.5A).
MED15. DC Voltmeter (0-5V).
MED16. DC Voltmeter (0-50V).
MED19. AC Voltmeter (0-10V).
MED20. AC Voltmeter (0-60V).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
4.- Electricity
AD32. 24vac/12vdc Circuits Analyzer
1.- AC circuits analyzer (2 ranges).
2.- DC circuits analyzer (2 ranges).
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AD33. Installations Faults Simulator
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02. Domestic Main Power Supply.
COM14. 2 Commutators (2 units).
ENC09. 2-pole European Socket with Safety Device.(2 units).
COM21.Inverter + Group of 2 Commutators. (2 units).
LAM01. Lamps.
LAM08. 2 Lamp-holders + Incandescent Lamps 40W. (2 units).
LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp.
MED65. Digital Multimeter.
FUS04. 3 Fuse-holders 10A, 230Vac (include 2, 4,6,10A).
Fault box.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.-
Ground fault simulation of a plug base.
Fault simulation between phases of a plug base.
Ground fault simulation of an incandescent lamp base.
Ground fault simulation of a fluorescent lamp base.
Fault simulation between phases of an incandescent lamp
base.
To simulate fault of power-supply contact in the lamp base.
To simulate fault of contact of the switch.
To simulate fault of contact of the fuse.
To simulate fault of contact of the fluorescent base.
Industrial Electrical Installations
AI1. Star-Delta Starter
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac. (3 units)).
IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C.
MED60. Network Analyzer.
PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac).
REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A).
REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.).
VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.-
Assembly of the starter.
Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor.
Measurement of the star current and delta current.
Direct start of the motor. Measurement of the starting current.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AI2 Starter through Auto-transformer
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units).
IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C.
MED60. Network Analyzer.
PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac).
REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A).
REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.).
TRA14. 3-Phase Auto-transformer.
VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the starter.
2.- Test of the starter with a squirrel cage motor.
3.- Measurement of both the star and delta current.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AI3. Speed Commutator for Dahlander Motor
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (3 units).
IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C.
MED60. Network Analyzer.
PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac).
REL02. Thermal Relay (1.6-2.5A).
REL11. Time Relay (0.6-60 sec.).
VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the commutator.
2.- Test of the commutator changing the speed of a Dahlander
motor.
3.- Measurement of the voltage and current.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
Page 41
www.edibon.com
4.1- Basic Electricity
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory:
2
(continuation)
(continuation)
Applications (continuation)
Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation)
AI4. Starter-Inverter
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac).
CON11. 3-pole Contactor- Inverter (220Vac).
MED60. Network Analyzer.
PUL03. Push-Buttons with Light (220Vac).(2 units).
REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A).
VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the starter.
2.- To test of the direct start of a squirrel cage motor.
3.- To invert the rotation direction of the motor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AI5. AC Wound Rotor Motor Starter
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
VAR06. Motor (EMT8) (wound rotor).
CAR22. AC Starting Rheostat.
IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C.
CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac).
PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the starter.
2.- To test the starter changing the resistances step by step.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
4.- Electricity
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AI6. DC Motor Starter
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
ALI04. DC Auxiliary Power Supply (+12, 0, -12 Vdc).
VAR04. Motor (EMT5) (DC motor).
CAR23. DC Starting Rheostat.
IAM20. 3-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 4A, Curve C.
CON03. 3-pole Contactor (12Vdc).
PUL04. Push-Buttons with Light (24Vac).
CAR20. Diodes and Thyristors.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Direct starter.
2.- Starter rheostat.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AI7. Automatic Change of Speed of a Dahlander Motor with Change of Direction
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
IAM24. 3-pole+neutral Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 6A,
Curve C.
CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (5 units).
REL05. Thermal Relay/3-pole Phase fault (0.8-1.2A). (2 units).
PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NC Contacts). (5 units).
PUL16. Push-Button for Industrial use (NO Contacts). (5 units).
VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor).
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the set.
2.- Motor starting with right turning direction at high speed. R.p.m
and consumption measurements.
3.- Motor stop and change to left the turning direction at high
speed.
4.- Change to low speed.
5.- Motor stop and change to right the turning direction.
6.- Change to high speed. R.p.m and consumption
measurements.
AI8. Reactive Power Compensation (Power Factor Correction)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI02.
Domestic Main Power Supply.
CAR04. Variable Resistive Load,150 ohm, 500W.
CAR09. Capacitive Load 4 x 7 mF.
CAR12. Inductive Load 0-33-78-140-193-236 mH. (2 units).
MED60B.Network Analyzer with active and reactive energy counters.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AI8.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.-
Measurement of active power consumed by a receiver.
Measurement of reactive power consumed by a receiver.
Measurement of apparent power consumed by a receiver.
Measurement of power factor of a receiver.
Measurement of active energy consumed by a receiver.
Measurement of reactive energy consumed by a receiver.
Compensation of reactive energy (improvement of the power
factor).
8.- Comparison of the active energy consumed after the
compensation.
9.- Comparison of the reactive energy consumed after the
compensation.
10.-Measurement of power factor after the compensation.
AI9. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TT Neutral Regimen
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
CAR05. Double Variable Resistive Load , 150 ohm, 500 W.
Resistance 1600 W.
COM12.Commutator/Switch.
PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac).
TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer.
IAD13. 3-pole + neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 25A,
300mA, class AC, instantaneous.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Study of an isolation fault in TT neutral regimen.
2.- Structure of a differential switch. Necessity to use a differential
switch.
3.- Study of the selectivity among differential switches.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AI10. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in TN Neutral Regimen
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
COM12.Commutator/Switch. (2 units).
TRA12. 3-Phase Current Transformer.
IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA,
class A.
Resistance 200 W.
Resistance 100 W, 72W.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
Page 42
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.-
Study of an isolation fault in TN neutral regimen.
Measurement of the ground loop impedances.
Indirect contact with defect mass.
The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in
TN-C conditions.
5.- The case in which the automatic switches are not suitable in
TN-S conditions.
4.1- Basic Electricity
(continuation)
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation)
2 Applications
(continuation)
Industrial Electrical Installations (continuation)
AI11. People Safety against Indirect Electrical Contacts in IT Neutral Regimen
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
INT01. 1-pole Load Switch. (2 units).
INT02. 2-pole Load Switch. (2 units).
CPA.
Isolation Permanent Controller.
Capacitor 300V. 200 nF .(2 units).
Resistance 100 W.
Resistance 10 W.
2.- Study of an isolation double fault
(only with one mass).
More information in:
4.- Operation of the isolation controller.
1.- Study of an isolation simple fault.
5.- Study of the ground loop impedance.
3.- Study with several masses.
www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
A12. Modular Trainer (AC Motors)
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
More information in:
www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/basic/AI12.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Direct starting of a three-phase
motor through contactor, with some
stop and start push-buttons.
2.- Configuration of a magnetic
protection system, with stop mush
room button.
3.- Direct starting of a three-phase
motor by GV protector with a switch.
4.- Direct starting of a three-phase
motor through impulses contactor.
5.- Direct starting of a three-phase
motor by GV protector with pushbuttons and signalling.
6.- Direct starting of a three-phase
motor by GV protector with two
boxes of push-buttons and
signalling.
7.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor stopping before turning
in the opposite direction.
8.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor without stopping before
turning in the opposite direction.
9.- Turning inverted starter of a three-
phase motor with microswitch and
push-buttons box.
10.- Star-delta starting with an turn
inverter of a three-phase motor.
11.- Automatic star-delta starting of a
three-phase motor.
12.- Turning inverted starter of a threephase motor with microswitch, with
start push-buttons, stop and
function cycle. (Direct).
13.- Manual star-delta starting of a
three-phase motor.
14.- Control of a single phase motor
direct and, with time-delay
connection and disconnection.
15.- Starting of a three-phase motor with
single- phase voltage.
16.- Motor speed control with a variator.
17.-Parameters of the motor through
software.
18.-Control of a two-speeds Dahlander
motor.
AI13. Modular Trainer for Electrotecnics
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI10. Power Supply Module
CAR30. Inductances Module
CAR31. Capacitors Module
CAR32. Rectifier Diodes Module
CAR33 .Resistive Components Module
LAM09. Fluorescent Lamp
LAM26. Lighting Module
MED65.Digital Multimeter
REL50. Relays Module.
VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage)
VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor.
TRA28. Three-phase transformer
VAR16. Electromagnetism Kits with group of
motor/generator
VAR17. Dismantled transformer kit
VAR18. Electrostatic kit
VAR25. Open Universal Motor.
More information in:
www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/
units/electricity/basic/AI13.pdf
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
Estatic Electricity:
1.- Static electricity checking,with an
electroscope and anelectrometer.
2.- Static electricity experiments.
Direct current (DC) and Alternating Current
(AC):
3.- Ohm´s law verification.
4.- Installation of the resistive components
module.
5.- Total resistance of a circuit in series.
6. Resistance of a circuit in parallel.
7.- Power measurement of a resistive
circuit.
8.- Total resistance of a circuit in series/in
parallel.
9.- Connection of lamps in series.
10.-Lamps in parallel.
11.-Analysis of the variable resistances
response curve.
12.-Voltage divider analysis.
13.-Lamp with variable lighting.
14.-Simplification systems: Application of
Kirchhoff´s first law. Application of
Kirchhoff´s second law. Thevenin´s
and Norton´s Theorem.
15.-Application of the superposition
theorem.
16.-Resistive circuits in delta.
17.-Measurement and visualization of the
alternating current.
18.-Measurement of the phase angle
among voltages (AC).
Dynamic Electricity:
19.- Identification of the components of the
trainer.
20.-Preparation of the power supply and of
the measurement instruments
Electric capacity:
21.-Load and unload analysis of a
capacitor.
Magnetism, Electromagnetism and
Electromagnetic induction:
22.-Electromagnetic Induction.
23.-Electromagnetic Induction.
24.- Electromagnet: Oersted's experiment.
25.- The electromagnetic field (Electromagnets).
Motors:
26.-Electric motors
27.-Generators.
Page 43
28.-Identification, coils measurement
and starting-up of a single-phase
motor.
29.-Identification, measurement and
starting-up of an universal motor.
30.-Identification, coils measuremt and
starting-up of a three phase motor.
Transformers:
31.-Experiments and practices with a
dismantled transformer.
32.-Identification of the three-phase
transformer.
33.-Connection as single-phase
transformer.
34.-Star/star three-phase connection.
35.-Reverse star/star three-phase
connection .
36.-Direct delta/delta three-phase
connection.
37.-Star/delta three-phase connection.
38.-Three-phase/six-phase connection.
39.-Transformer with coils in series in
phase.
RL, RC and RCL Circuits:
40.-Analysis of a RL circuit in series.
41.-Analysis of a RL circuit in parallel.
42.-Analysis of a RC circuit in series.
43.-Analysis of a RC circuit in parallel.
44.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in series.
45.-Analysis of a RLC circuit in parallel.
Rectification and filtrate:
46.-Analysis of the rectifier diode
response curve.
47.-Half wave rectification .
48.-Rectification to feed the universal
motor.
49.-Double wave rectification with two
windings.
50.-Double wave with a Graezt's bridge.
51.-Half wave three-phase rectification.
52.-Three-phase rectification in bridge.
Electric circuits:
53.-Basic electric installation with lamps.
54.-Lamps controlled from two points
and from three points.
55.-Lamps control by a switch relay.
56.-Lamps control by a commutato relay.
57.-Installation of a fluorescent tube
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
PUL48. 3 Double Chamber Push-buttons. (2
units).
LAM02. Auxiliary Lamps(3 lamps.
CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac). (4 units).
VAR09. Frequency variator.
REL30. Synchronization Relay (variable delay).
REL47. Thermal relay (GV protector) module
(2 units).
REL45. Module with disjunctor.
IAM31. 4-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic
Switch,4A,Curve C
FUS10. Module with 3 fuse-holders and power
fuses.
TRA06. 3-Phase Power Transformer (custom
made).
CAR10. Capacitive Load (custom made).
VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage).
VAR03. Motor (EMT9) (Dahlander motor).
VAR15. Single-phase motor of capacitor.
4.1- Basic Electricity
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory:
2
(continuation)
(continuation)
Applications
(continuation)
Energy Installations
AE1. Aerial Line Model
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made).
CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load.
CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load.
TRA05. 3-Phase Power Transformer 220/127V, 1000VA.
CAR18. Aerial Line Model.
TRA18. Petersen Coil.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.5.-
Assembly of the set.
Measurement of the voltage without loads.
Measurement of the voltage with loads.
Power Factor (cos j) measurement.
Fault to earth and measurement of the current through the
Petersen coil.
1.2.3.4.-
Assembly of the set with inductive load.
Power Factor (cos j) measurement.
To calculate the necessary capacitors to get cos j= 1.
Capacitors connection and power factor measurement.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE1.pdf
AE2. Reactive Energy Control and Compensation
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made).
CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load.
CAR14. 3-phase Inductive Load.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE2.pdf
AE3. Test Unit for Magneto-thermal Automatic Switches
4.- Electricity
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W.
IAM13. 2-pole Magneto-thermal Automatic Switch, 1A, Curve C.
TRA19. Transformer for Experiments (custom made).
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- To connect the set.
2.- To simulate a high current (thermal) and to test if the automatic
switch breaks.
3.- To measure the current and to check the tripping.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AE4. Test Unit for Differential Automatic Switches
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
IAD01. 1-pole+neutral Differential Automatic Switch, 6A, 30mA,
class A.
CAR04. Variable Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500W.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- To simulate a fault to earth and to test if the differential breaks.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AE5. Relay Control Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
REL23. Overcurrent Relay and Fault to Earth.
CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac).
TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A.
CAR18. Aerial Line Model.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- To connect the transformers to line.
2.- To connect the protection relay.
3.- To simulate a line fault and the relay will trip the circuit breaker.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AE6. Energy Counters Control Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
CAR01. Fixed Resistive Load, 150 ohm, 500 W.
TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA.
TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A.
MED72. Energy Counter.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the voltage and current transformers.
2.- To measure the energy consumed by the load with the energy
counter.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/AE6.pdf
AE7. Multi-Functional Electrical Protection Station
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
CAR08. 3-phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made).
CAR11. 3-phase Capacitive Load.
CON01. 3-pole Contactor (24Vac).
REL22. Multi-function Protection Relay ( software included).
TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA.
CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load.
TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the station with the relay.
2.- To simulate faults in the line.
3.- To simulate under and/or overvoltage, changing the line
parameters.
4.- To check if the relay trips the contactor.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
AE8. Power & Torque Measurements of Electrical Motors
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
ALI03. AC Auxiliary Power Supply (24Vac).
CON02. 3-pole Contactor (220Vac).
PUL11. 2 Double Push-Buttons (230Vac).
REL08. Time Electronic Relay against Overcurrents (0.3-1.5A).
MED60. Network Analyzer.
VAR02. Motor (EMT7) (squirrel cage).
FREND. Dynamo Brake.
TECNEL/T. Tachodynamo.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
Page 44
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Assembly of the set and to start the motor and dynamo.
2.- To change the dynamo current and to measure both the power
and the torque of the motor.
3.- To obtain the efficiency curve.
4.1- Basic Electricity
(continuation)
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory: (continuation)
2 Applications
(continuation)
Energy Installations (continuation)
AE9. Directional Relay: Earth Fault Detection. Directional Power Flow Detection. Reactive Power Flow Detection
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Included Modules:
ALI01. Industrial Main Power Supply.
CAR08. 3-Phase Variable Resistive Load (custom made).
CON01. 3-Pole Contactor (24Vac).
CAR11. 3-Phase Capacitive Load.
TRA04. 3-Phase Power Transformer 380/220V, 630VA.
REL20. 1-Phase Directional Relay.
CAR14. 3-Phase Inductive Load.
TRA10. Current Transformer 25/5A.
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.2.3.4.-
Assembly of the set.
Directional relay tripping test, in a case of an earth fault.
To test the tripping when power flows in the opposite direction.
To test the tripping when the reactive power is over or under
certain limit.
More information in: http://www.edibon.com/products/
catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
Software
CAI. Computer Aided Instruction Software System:
With no physical connection between application/ module and computer, this
complete package consists on an Instructor Software (INS/SOF) totally integrated with
the Student/Application Software (A.../SOF). Both are interconnected so that the
teacher knows at any moment what is the theoretical and practical knowledge of the
students. These, on the other hand, get a virtual instructor who helps them to deal with
all the information on the subject of study.
+
Application
(several modules)
Instructor
Software
Student/Application
Software
With the INS/SOF. Classroom Management Software Package (Instructor
Software), the Teacher has a whole range of options, among them:
- Organize Students by Classes and Groups.
- Create easily new entries or delete them.
- Create data bases with student information.
- Analyze results and make statistical comparisons.
- Print reports.
- Develop own examinations.
- Detect student’s progress and difficulties.
...and many other facilities.
The Instructor Software is the same for all the applications, and working in network
configuration, allows controlling all the students in the classroom.
A.../SOF. Computer Aided Instruction Software Packages (Student/Application
Software).
It explains how to use the applications, run the experiments and what to do at any
moment.
Each application has its own Student Software package.
- The options are presented by pull-down menus and pop-up windows.
- Each Software Package contains:
Theory: that gives the student the theoretical background for a total
understanding of the studied subject.
Exercises: divided by thematic areas and chapters to check out that the theory has
been understood.
Guided Practices: presents several practices to be done, alongside the
applications, showing how to complete the exercises and practices.
Exams: set of questions presented to test the obtained knowledge.
Available Student/Applications Software Packages:
! Domestic Electrical Installations:
AD1A/SOF. Robbery alarm Station.
AD3A/SOF. Fire alarm station.
AD5/SOF. Temporization of stairs.
AD6A/SOF. L u m i n o s i t y c o n t r o l
station.
AD8/SOF. Blinds activator.
AD9A/SOF. Heating control station.
AD11A/SOF. Network analyzer.
AD13/SOF. A u d i o d o o r e n t r y
system.
AD14/SOF. Audio and video door
entry system.
AD15A/SOF. Position control station.
AD17A/SOF.Photoelectric control
position station.
AD24/SOF. Position Switch.
AD19A/SOF.Sound station.
AD22/SOF. Flooding control station.
AD23/SOF. Wireless basic control
station (RF).
AD25A/SOF.Control station for domestic
electric services through the
telephone.
AD28A/SOF.Integral control station of
domesticelectric systems.
AD30/SOF. Gas control station.
AD31/SOF. Movement and sound
detection and control.
AD32/SOF. 24 Vac / 12 Vdc circuits
analyzer.
AD33/SOF. I n s t a l l a t i o n s f a u l t s
simulator.
Industrial Electrical Installations:
AI1/SOF.
Star-delta starter.
AI2/SOF.
Starter through autotransformer.
AI3/SOF.
Speed commutator for
Dahlander motor.
AI4/SOF.
Starter-inverter.
AI5/SOF.
AC wound rotor motor
starter.
AI6/SOF. DC motor starter.
AI7/SOF. A u t o m a t i c c h a n g e o f
speed of a Dahlander
motor with change of
direction.
AI8/SOF. R e a c t i v e p o w e r c o m pensation (Power factor
correction).
AI9/SOF. Pe o p l e s a f e t y a g a i n s t
indirect electrical c o n t a c t s
inTT neutral regimen.
AI10/SOF. People safety against indirect
electrical contacts in TN
neutral regimen.
AI11/SOF. People safety against indirect
electrical contacts in IT neutral
regimen.
AI12/SOF. Modular Trainer(AC motors).
AI13/SOF. M o d u l a r Tr a i n e r f o r
Electrotecnics.
! Energy Installations:
AE1/SOF. Aerial line model.
AE2/SOF. Reactive energy control and
compensation.
AE3/SOF. Test unit for magneto-thermal
automaticswitches.
AE4/SOF. Test unit for differential
automatic switches.
AE5/SOF. Relay control station.
AE6/SOF. Energy counters control
station.
AE7/SOF. Multi-functional electrical
protection station.
AE8/SOF. Power & torque measurements
of electrical motors.
AE9/SOF. Directional Relay: Earth fault
detection. Directional power
flow detection. Reactive
power flow detection.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
Page 45
www.edibon.com
4.- Electricity
3
4.1- Basic Electricity
LIELBA. Electrical Installations Integrated Laboratory:
(continuation)
(continuation)
Data Acquisition
4
Connections
points
Data acquisition
software
(MUAD/SOF)
3
4
“n”
Application
Electric power
interface box
(EPIB)
Cable to
computer
(DAB)
Cables to
interface
2
MUAD. Power Data Acquisition System
Data acquisition
board
1
4
Student
post
MUAD is the perfect link between the applications/modules and the PC. MUAD is
a continuous data acquisition system with virtual instrumentation, that measures,
analyzes and represents the parameters involved in the process.
MUAD allows voltage and current acquisition and measurement, data processing,
frequency spectrum and all the functions of a digital oscilloscope.
We easily connect the Electric Power Interface Box (EPIB) to the
application/module with the supplied cables (there are several connection points
placed for it). The EPIB is connected to the PC through the Data Acquisition Board
(DAB), and by using the Data Acquisition with Virtual Instrumentation Software, the
student can get results from the undertaken experiment/practice, see them on the
screen and work with them.
The MUAD system allows voltage and current measurement and acquisition, data processing, frequency spectrum and the functions of a digital oscilloscope.
4.- Electricity
This MUAD System includes EPIB + DAB + MUAD/SOF:
1)Hardware :
1.1) EPIB. Electric power interface box ( dimensions: 300 x 120 x 180 mm. approx.):
Interface that carries out the conditioning of the diverse signals that can be acquired in a process, for
their later treatment and visualisation.
In the front panel, the elements are separated in two parts: left-hand part to VOLTAGE sensors, and
right-hand part corresponds with CURRENT sensors.
Analog Input Channels:
8 analog input channels. Sampling range: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second).
4 Tension sensors AC/DC, 400V. 4 Current sensors.
1.2) DAB. Data acquisition board :
PCI Data acquisition board (National Instruments) to be placed in a computer slot.
Bus PCI.
Analog input:
Number of channels= 16 single-ended or 8 differential.
Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536.
Sampling rate up to: 250 KSPS (Kilo samples per second).
Analog output:
Number of channels=2.
Resolution=16 bits, 1 in 65536.
Digital Input/Output:
Number channels=24inputs/outputs.
Timing: Counter/timers=2.
EPIB
DAB
2) MUAD/SOF. Data acquisition software :
Data Acquisition Software with Graphic Representation:
Amicable graphical frame.
Compatible with actual Windows operating systems.
Configurable software allowing the representation of temporal evolution of the different signals.
Visualization of a tension of the circuits on the computer screen.
Sampling velocity up to 250 KSPS. (Kilo samples per second) guaranteed.
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/electricity/basic/LIELBA.pdf
Page 46
MUAD/SOF
issue:01/11
ENERGY: MODULAR POWER SYSTEM SIMULATOR. BASIC MODULE
Ref: 0510
ITEM
1
1 / 2
REFERENCE
MPSSC
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ERP-PD.
ERP-PDF.
ERP-MF
MODULAR POWER SYSTEM SIMULATOR WITH SCADA
CONTROL SYSTEM, FORMED BY:
SCADA CONTROL SYSTEM
BASIC FRAME
GENERATION GROUP
AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
AC MOTORS SPEED CONTROLLER
STEP-UP TRANSFORMER
STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER
TRANSMISSION LINES SIMULATION UNIT
ENERGY CONSUMPTION MODULE
BUSBAR MODEL 1 (GENERATION)
BUSBAR MODEL 2 (TRANSPORT)
BUSBAR MODEL 3 (COUPLING)
BUSBAR MODEL 4 (CONSUMPTION)
BUSBAR MODEL 5 (TRANSPORT)
INDUSTRIAL MAIN POWER SUPPLY.
SYNCHRONISMS MODULE
GENERATOR PROTECTION MODULE
GENERATORS PROTECTION AND CONTROL DEVICE
UNIT
DISTANCE PROTECTION RELAY UNIT
DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION RELAY UNIT
FAULT INJECTION MODULE
1
1
1
2
0510PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
3
0510PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
4
0510IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP
1
5
0510CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
6
0510TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
7
0510MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
SCADA
BASB
EGMG/P
AVR/P
VVCA/MP
TRANS/3A
TRANS/3B
AE1.
AE11
BUS01
BUS02
BUS03
BUS04
BUS05
ALI01
IND05
INX20/P
ERP-PGC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ref: 0510
2 / 2
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions:
a) Technical conditions included:
-
Laboratories adaptation.
Installation of all units supplied.
Starting up for all units.
Training about the exercises to be done with any unit.
- Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and
the teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
. Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
Modular Power System Simulator with
SCADA Control System
MPSSC
Technical Teaching Equipment
SCADA
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The “MPSSC” is a modular Power System Simulator with SCADA Control System, specially designed for Technicians at Technical and Vocational
level.
The simulator will include the main parts of a Power System as:
! Generation.
! Transformation.
! Transport.
! Distribution.
! Consumption.
It will include important and key elements that play a very important roll in a Power System control and protection, as:
- Automatic voltage regulator.
- Automatic frequency control.
- All the main protection relays involved.
- Automatic and Manual synchronization.
The simulator includes the following modules:
- SCADA Control System.
- EGMG/P. Generation Group.
- AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator.
- VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller.
- TRANS/3A. Step-up Transformer.
- TRANS/3B. Step-down Transformer.
- AE1. Transmission Lines Simulation Unit.
- AE11. Energy Consumption Module.
- BUS01. Busbar model 1 (Generation).
- BUS02. Busbar model 2 (Transport).
- BUS05. Busbar model 5 (Transport).
- BUS03. Busbar model 3 (Coupling).
- BUS04. Busbar model 4 (Consumption).
- ALI01. Power Supply.
- IND05. Synchronims Module.
- INX20/P. Generator Protection Module.
- ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit.
- ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit.
- ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit.
- ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module.
Worlddidac
Member
ISO 9000: Quality Management
(for Design, Manufacturing,
Commercialization and After-sales service)
European Union Certificate
(total safety)
Page 1
Certificates ISO 14000 and
ECO-Management and Audit Scheme
(environmental management)
Worlddidac Quality Charter
Certificate
(Worlddidac Member)
MODULES IN DETAIL
SCADA
SCADA Control System
Generation
Transport/Lines
Transformation
Consumption
TRANS/3A.
Step-up Transformer
EGMG/P. Generation Group
AE1.
Transmission Lines Simulation Unit
AE11.
Energy Consumption Module
TRANS/3B.
Step-down Transformer
AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator
VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller
Control and Protections
Busbars
-ALI01.
-INX20/P.
-IND05.
-BUS01.
Power Supply.
Generator Protection Module.
Synchronims Module.
Busbar model 1 (Generation).
-BUS02.
-BUS05.
-BUS03.
-BUS04.
Busbar model 2 (Transport).
Busbar model 5 (Transport).
Busbar model 3 (Coupling).
Busbar model 4 (Consumption).
ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit
ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit
ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit
Faults
ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module
Page 2
www.edibon.com
SCADA Control System
SPECIFICATIONS
SCADA is an industry-standard supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) software for realistic experience of power system control.
For use with MPSSC Simulator to increase students´ understanding of power systems.
It can connect to multiple generation systems for remote control and supervision of local generation and distributed generation.
It includes alarms and logs data for detailed analysis of MPSSC during stable and transient operation.
It communicates with programmable logic controllers (PLCs), numerical protection relays, automatic voltage regulators and prime-mover
simulation device of the Power System Simulator to control and collect information from the power system.
Includes high performance computer with integrated communication interface to exchange information with all devices.
Remotely controls the generator and prime-mover of the MPSSC Simulator in different power system operation control methods (frequency
control, voltage control, active power control, reactive power control, power factor control, generators load exchange).
The SCADA connects to MPSSC to train students in supervision and control of power systems.
The package includes industrial-standard SCADA software, a computer, colour printer and communications hardware.
EDIBON supplies the software already installed on the computer. The software does several jobs, including remote control and data display and
logging. It includes programs written by EDIBON to match experiments which students have done directly with the MPSSC Simulator. The
software´s on-screen display or ´user interface´shows real-time data and mimics the circuit-breakers (opening and closing). It also mimics the
adjustment of the loads and any faults applied by the user. Other screens give details about the settings and data collected at each protection relay
or instrument on the simulator.
Students select the correct screen for the experiment they want to perform. They then use the computer to close circuit-breakers, set and adjust any
loads and connect the grid supply (or start the generator) by mean of touch screens, in others words, they configure the topology of the Simulator.
The generators synchronization can be performed in manual and automatic mode with the help of SCADA.
Students can use the software to log data from the simulator and analyse it, compare conditions before and after faults, and see the effects of
faults. They can use this information to predict power system problems and change the power system protection to prevent future problems.
The software includes the experiments already given with the MPSSC Simulator.
contiue...
Page 3
www.edibon.com
SCADA Control System (continuation)
SPECIFICATIONS
The experiments include:
- Generator characteristics and performance.
- Transformers.
- Transmission, distribution and consumption.
- Power system protection.
- Power system operation and control in different modes.
- Power flow control.
- etc.
SCADA allows the control and supervision of the operations related to the generation, transformation, transmission and distribution of the
electrical energy made by the MPSSC Simulator.
Through a sophisticated human-machine interface, executed in a computer, it is possible to monitor and control a lot of events and alarms as well
as analyse, display and control the information acquired from all Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), Automatic Voltage Regulators (AVRs),
protection relays and prime mover simulation device.
SCADA system is connected to the PLCs communication networks, protection relays and the rest of the units of the MPSSC Simulator, allowing the
data acquisition and control in real time from all the elements of the MPSSC Simulator. The acquired data are stored for their future analysis or
they are directly sent to screens connected to the computer as a visual information.
The objective of the SCADA developed architecture is centralising and automating all the control tasks, monitoring, protection and data
acquisition of the MPSSC Simulator is operated similar to local or central load dispatch center of Real Electrical Power System.
The equipments connected to the SCADA I make one or some of the following functions:
1.-
Respond to the commands of the control computer, in order to close or open all the circuit breaker contacts, power isolator and the rest
of the equipments that conform the topology of the Power System Simulator.
2.-
Transmit to SCADA the ON/OFF state of the electrical equipment that conform the Simulated Electrical Power System.
3.-
Vary all the set points of the controlled parameters, for example, the frequency control, active power, reactive power, power factor and
voltage control set point.
4.-
Measurement and management of all the acquired electrical parameters in different nodes and points of the simulated power system.
5.-
Protection of the electrical circuits and the equipments that conform the MPSSC Simulator.
SCADA allows making a control, supervision and data acquisition in a centralised and remote way, simulating a central generation dispatch
center.
With help of SCADA, students can observe the real time state of the electrical equipment of the MPSSC by means of graphical and state screens.
With SCADA, the operator of the electrical power system can monitor its state and consequently, it can act and make decisions about how to
operate in different conditions. For example, when there is a sound or visual alarm, the operator can see what is happening in a SCADA screen,
because the monitoring system includes an alarm sequences and events list of all the equipment operation, recordered throughout the practice
period and can done, reports about a determined operation or about the complete practice.
Another SCADA facility is that it allows visualise in a central way all the instrumentation of the MPSSC. Simulator through several screens with
digital and analogical virtual instruments.
In the MPSSC. Simulator, several multifunctional and numeric protection relays are used, because the study of the electrical protections is an
essential point for a electrical power system.
The protection relays include measurement, communication and programmable logic possibilities to done functions of monitories and control of
the equipment that are protecting. Thanks to these facilities, the protection functions are incorporated and managed from SCADA, making the
teaching of this subject easier in a automated and centralised way, because the students can communicate with each protection relay and
managed it remotely.
Page 4
www.edibon.com
SCADA Control System (continuation)
Examples of some possibilities
Page 5
www.edibon.com
ALI01. Power Supply
SPECIFICATIONS
This module has the followings elements:
One three-phase power supply output connector.
One three-phase power supply output with red, yellow and green connectors.
Two single-phase power supply output.
One single-phase standard type power supply output.
Ground terminal.
One security key.
One emergency stop switch.
Module state indicators.
A removable key 6 with two positions (ON and OFF) acts as main switch.
EGMG/P. Generation Group
SPECIFICATIONS
This group has the followings elements:
1.One three-phase AC squirrel cage induction motor acting as generation prime mover.
2.One three-phase Synchronous generator with DC field excitation.
The induction motor is controlled from the VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller.
INX20/P. Generator Protection Module
SPECIFICATIONS
Page 6
www.edibon.com
VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller
SPECIFICATIONS
The VVCA/MP is an AC motor speed regulator.
The numerous inputs and outputs allow you to use the VVCA/MP for power supply standard asynchronous ac motor for simulation of prime mover
of generation system.
Each part of the VVCA/MP is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification.
Elements of the AVR/P:
Ground protection connector.
Three-Phase power output supply connectors.
Control enable/disable switch.
Remote/Local mode switch.
Local control set-point slider.
Input/Output ERP-PGC signal connector.
Input/Output AVR signal connector.
Power supply Switch.
The capacity range of VVCA/MP is for 3 ph 400 V supply from 0.4 kW to 7 kW. The overload capacity of VVCA/MP is 150% for 1 min and 200% for
3s (in High Duty mode). The inverters with capacities of 5.5 kW and above can be used in dual rating; this means that the same inverter can be
used for next higher capacity (in Low Duty mode). For example a 5.5 kW inverter can be used for a 7.5 kW motor; in this case the overload is 120%
for 1 min. The braking transistor is included as standard. The braking resistor is included as standard up to 7.5 kW units.
The main features of VVCA/MP are:
Safety enables input (compliant to EN954-1 category 3).
Built-in EMC filter for all capacities (compliant to EN 61800-3, category C3).
Sensorless vector control mode (100% torque at 0 Hz).
Advanced PID functions (dancer control).
Brake control function.
Logic gates for logic combination of input and output functions and delay timer (10steps). Positioning function (when encoder option is used).
3 slots for 3 different options at the same time (encoder, fieldbus, I/O expansion).
Removable control terminals (cage clamp type).
AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator
SPECIFICATIONS
The AVR/P is an Automatic Voltage Regulator that works in conjunction with the ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit.
The numerous inputs and outputs allow you to use the AVR/P for voltage, reactive power and power factor regulation of generation system.
Each part of the AVR/P is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification.
Elements of the AVR/P:
Ground protection connector.
Generator output voltage measurement connectors.
Generator Field excitation output supply connectors.
Voltage Control enable/disable switch.
Remote/Local mode switch.
Input/Output signal connector.
Local control set-point slider.
Serial Port connector( Software HMI is optional product).
Power supply Switch.
The AVR/P is an automatic voltage regulator of the latest design for synchronous generators and synchronous motors. The unit contains the most
advanced microprocessor technology together with IGBT semiconductor technology (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor).
This advanced-design automatic voltage regulator is used for the excitation of indirectly excited synchronous machines. This unit is only suitable for
this one area of application.
The regulator can also be switched over to function as a reactive power, power factor and field current regulator.
Page 7
www.edibon.com
TRANS/3A. Step-up Transformer
SPECIFICATIONS
Three-phase power transformer with group connection YyN0, 400/400V, 2kVA, 50-60Hz.
This unit simulates the STEP-UP transformer located in the transmission substation.
TRANS/3B. Step-down Transformer
SPECIFICATIONS
Three-phase power transformer with group connection YyN0, 400/230V, 2kVA, 50-60Hz.
This unit simulates the STEP-DOWN transformer located in the distribution substation.
IND05. Synchronims Module
SPECIFICATIONS
This module has the followings elements:
Phase Synchronization Lamps.
Phase RST sequences test connectors.
Page 8
www.edibon.com
Busbars
BUS01. Busbar model 1
(Generation)
BUS02. Busbar model 2
(Transport)
BUS05. Busbar model 5
(Transport)
BUS03. Busbar model 3
(Coupling)
BUS04. Busbar model 4
(Consumption)
SPECIFICATIONS
The finality of these modules is to represent the generation, transmission, distribution and subtransmission substations busbars and it included the
main commutation elements as power circuit breaker, isolating switches, double busbar. With the aid of these modules is possible to coupling or
decoupling all necessary elements of the power system simulator.
Basically the busbars modules have similar elements, as:
- Input/Outputs double BusBar power connectors.
- Single-phase power supply input.
- 89L-1 and 89L-2 isolators open/close selectors.
- 52L circuit breaker open/close selector.
- 89L-3 isolator open/close selector.
- Manual/Remote operation enable switch.
- Input/Output signals control connector.
Page 9
www.edibon.com
AE1. Transmission Lines Simulation Unit
SPECIFICATIONS
This unit represents basic concepts of the Electric Energy high-voltage three-phase transmission lines operation. It simulates a value modifying
concentrated parameter line that allows different configurations and consists on three conductorline (R, S, T) and a Neutral or return line (N).
Each of the phases is represented, following the concentrated parameters theoretical model, through a resistance series association and
inductance, along with a parallel association between each one of them in a capacitance effect.
A way to reduce the earth short circuit current is to have impedance in the neutral-to-ground connections. This impedance has no repercussion in
the normal functioning of the network but they introduce a repercussion in the increase of 3x Zo (impedance on the zero sequence component),
which reduces the short circuit current.
The return line is simulated through small value impedance that has a resistive-indicative characteristic. To simplify the effect, being a despicable
inductance, it will be simulated with a pure 10 resistance.
The phases have two terminals at the input and two at the output, and they are connected at the interior. Through one of them the module will be
supplied. Through the last one the natural circuit will continue to the load module, the bar module, the transformer, etc. The two terminals left en
every phase is left for assembly of protection relay or other parallel configurations.
The supply of this unit will be done through line terminals (R, S, and T) and the neutral (N) through a 400V three-phase supply and it will be
controlled by an interrupter-circuit breaker of 4 poles placed between the supply and the lines module.
In the phases we can distinguish different resistance and inductance values, being able to simulate different length transport lines.
The resistive part is formed by two resistance values of 15 and 33
obtaining two additions resistive values of 10.31 and 48 .
, with the possibility of making parallel-series connections between them,
The inductive part consists on a multistage coil of despicable resistance. In which it is possible to choose one of the following values:
33 mH, 78 mH, 140 mH, 193 mH, 236 mH
The capacitive part will be divided into capacitance between conductors and capacitance between line and ground.
The capacitance between conductors is simulated with a pair of capacitors at the beginning and at the end of the line with different values: 0.5 F
and 1 F for each conductor.
The capacitance between conductor and ground is 1 F and 2 F, also at the beginning and at the end of the line.
With all this values it is possible to simulate a great number of line configurations, beginning with different line distances with different types of
conductor, through the unbalanced lines with different conductors groups (Simplex, Duplex, Triplex and Cuadruplex). At the same time it is possible
to simulate transient state with different short-circuits injection using a fault injection module.
The unit is protected with a grounding connection that comes from the metallic caging and that is accessible through a terminal in the front of the
module.
Page 10
www.edibon.com
AE11. Energy Consumption Module
SPECIFICATIONS
With this module is possible to simulate any proper consumption in the power system or we can test any element of the power system separately
under different load conditions.
It has differentiated part on resistive, inductive and capacitive zones and it allows all types of combinations between them, so we can simulate pure
resistive, inductive and capacitive load as well as different series-parallel combination of them.
Metallic box.
Diagram in the front panel.
Variable resistive loads: 3 x [ 150 W (500 W) ].
Fixed resistive loads:
3 x [ 150 W (500 W) + 150 W (500 W) ].
Inductive loads:
6 x [ 0, 33, 78, 140, 193, 236 mH ].(2 A Max.).
Capacitive loads:
3 x [ 3 x 3.5 mF ] + 3 x [ 3 x 7 mF ] + 3 x [ 3 x 14 mF ].
Ground connector.
Page 11
www.edibon.com
ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit
SPECIFICATIONS
The ERP-PGC is a control unit for engine-generator simulator system.
The numerous inputs and outputs, along with a modular software structure, allow you to use the ERP-PGC for a wide range of applications with only
a single part number. This includes stand-by, AMF (automatic mains failure), peak shaving, import-export or distributed generation, among others.
Also the ERP-PGC is compatible for island, island parallel, mains parallel and multiple unit mains parallel operations.
Each part of the ERP-PGC is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification.
All the adjustments are executed with the management software from a PC.
Elements of the ERP-PGC:
Power input/output connectors.
Multifunction control and protection device.
Generator group control inputs and outputs connector.
Generator rotor to ground protection Relay.
Isolated operation connector(52GT state and 52G trip command).
Functions:
Prime mover control.
Engine, mains and generator protection.
Engine data measurement :
Oil pressure and temperature, coolant temperature, battery voltage, speed, service hours, etc.
Generator and mains data measurement:
Voltage, current, power, kVar, kW, kWh, etc.
Load/Var sharing for up to 32 participants.
Load-dependent start/stop.
Automatic, Manual, and Stop operating modes.
Application modes:
1.No CB (Circuit Breaker) operation.
2.Open GCB (Generator Circuit Breaker).
3.Open/close GCB.
4.Open/close GCB/MCB (Generator CB/Main Circuit Breaker).
Logics Manager for processing measured values, discrete inputs, and internal states.
Engine starter sequencing.
Alarm display with circuit breaker trip and engine shutdown.
AMF (automatic mains failure) standby genset control, with automatic engine start on mains failure detection and open transition breaker control.
Critical mode operation.
Synchronizing (phase matching and slip frequency) and mains parallel operation.
External frequency, voltage, power, and power factor set point control via analogue input or interface.
FIFO (First Input First Output) event history with 300 entries.
ECU data visualization via J1939.
CAN bus communication to engine controllers, plant management systems, expansion boards, and Toolkit configuration and visualization
software.
RS-485 Modbus communication with plant management systems.
RS-232 Modbus communication with plant management systems.
Page 12
www.edibon.com
ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit
SPECIFICATIONS
The ERP-PD is a transmission line protection device.
The numerous inputs and outputs, along with a modular software structure, allow you to use the ERP-PD for study and analyze the performance of
different transmission line protection system.
Each part of the ERP-PD is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification.
All the adjustments are executed with the management software from a PC.
Elements of the ERP-PD:
Power input/output connectors.
Protection device.
Outputs connector for trip command.
Functions:
Protection:Optimize line protection with a system of sensitive, secure, and dependable three-pole trip relay elements.
Monitoring: Simplify fault and system disturbance analyses with event reports and Sequential Events Recorder.
Fault Locator: Isolate line problems, and restore service faster.
Automation.
Remote communications capabilities and elimination of external control elements.
ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit
SPECIFICATIONS
The ERP-PDF is a differential protection device.
The numerous inputs and outputs, along with a modular software structure, allow you to use the ERP-PDF for study and analyze the performance of
different differential protection system.
Each part of the ERP-PDF is correctly identified in order to facilitate the operation and fast identification.
All the adjustments are executed with the management software from a PC.
Elements of the ERP-PDF:
Power input/output connectors.
Protection device.
Outputs connector for trip command.
Functions:
It provides current differential protection plus two complete groups of overcurrent elements in one compact package. The relay measures high- and
low-side currents, differential operate and restraint quantities, as well as second and fifth harmonics of the applied currents. The unit provides two
optoisolated inputs, four programmable output contacts, and one alarm output contact.
This relay can protect two-winding power transformers, reactors, generators, large motors, and other two-terminal power apparatus. The relay
settings permit you to use wye or delta connected high- and low-side current transformers. The relay compensates for various equipment and CT
connections to derive appropriate differential operating quantities.
The ERP-PDF provides three differential elements with dual slope characteristics. The second slope provides security against CT saturation for heavy
through faults.
Page 13
www.edibon.com
ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module
SPECIFICATIONS
The fault injection module have the possibility to inject different kind of short-circuits, in any point of the power system simulator including line
module, directly or through a pure resistive element.
Employing this element we can analyze line performance during transient state as well as analyze the line protection elements functionality.
The short-circuit injection possibility are:
Three-pole short-circuit.
Two-pole short-circuit.
Two-pole-ground short-circuit.
Single-pole-ground short-circuit.
Page 14
www.edibon.com
issue:01/11
ENERGY: MODULAR POWER SIMULATOR (ESN)
Ref: 0511
ITEM
1 / 2
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
MPPSC/ESN
SCADA NET SYSTEM (ESN) FOR MODULAR POWER
SYSTEM SIMULATOR WITH SCADA CONTROL SYSTEM
(30 STUDENTS WORKING "SIMULTANEOUSLY")
1
2
0520PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
3
0520PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
4
0520IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP
1
5
0520CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
6
0520TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
7
0520MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
Ref: 0511
2 / 2
SPECIFICATIONS:
-Mini-ESN system main possibilities:
. 30 students “simultaneously” work.
. Any student can work simultaneously doing “Real Time Control”.
. The teacher "can see" in his computer what any student is doing in any computer at any time.
. The unit and system can be visualised simultaneously in "n" screens.
This system is common for any EDIBON Computer Control unit, but need individual Software Applications for each
particular unit.
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
With this module 30 students working simulatenously.
2)Supply conditions:
a) Technical conditions included:
-
Laboratories adaptation.
Installation of all units supplied.
Starting up for all units.
Training about the exercises to be done with any unit.
- Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and
the teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
. Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
Modular Power System Simulator with
SCADA Control System
MPSSC
Technical Teaching Equipment
SCADA
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The “MPSSC” is a modular Power System Simulator with SCADA Control System, specially designed for Technicians at Technical and Vocational
level.
The simulator will include the main parts of a Power System as:
! Generation.
! Transformation.
! Transport.
! Distribution.
! Consumption.
It will include important and key elements that play a very important roll in a Power System control and protection, as:
- Automatic voltage regulator.
- Automatic frequency control.
- All the main protection relays involved.
- Automatic and Manual synchronization.
The simulator includes the following modules:
- SCADA Control System.
- EGMG/P. Generation Group.
- AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator.
- VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller.
- TRANS/3A. Step-up Transformer.
- TRANS/3B. Step-down Transformer.
- AE1. Transmission Lines Simulation Unit.
- AE11. Energy Consumption Module.
- BUS01. Busbar model 1 (Generation).
- BUS02. Busbar model 2 (Transport).
- BUS05. Busbar model 5 (Transport).
- BUS03. Busbar model 3 (Coupling).
- BUS04. Busbar model 4 (Consumption).
- ALI01. Power Supply.
- IND05. Synchronims Module.
- INX20/P. Generator Protection Module.
- ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit.
- ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit.
- ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit.
- ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module.
Worlddidac
Member
ISO 9000: Quality Management
(for Design, Manufacturing,
Commercialization and After-sales service)
European Union Certificate
(total safety)
Page 1
Certificates ISO 14000 and
ECO-Management and Audit Scheme
(environmental management)
Worlddidac Quality Charter
Certificate
(Worlddidac Member)
MODULES IN DETAIL
SCADA
SCADA Control System
Generation
Transport/Lines
Transformation
Consumption
TRANS/3A.
Step-up Transformer
EGMG/P. Generation Group
AE1.
Transmission Lines Simulation Unit
AE11.
Energy Consumption Module
TRANS/3B.
Step-down Transformer
AVR/P. Automatic Voltage Regulator
VVCA/MP. AC Motors Speed Controller
Control and Protections
Busbars
-ALI01.
-INX20/P.
-IND05.
-BUS01.
Power Supply.
Generator Protection Module.
Synchronims Module.
Busbar model 1 (Generation).
-BUS02.
-BUS05.
-BUS03.
-BUS04.
Busbar model 2 (Transport).
Busbar model 5 (Transport).
Busbar model 3 (Coupling).
Busbar model 4 (Consumption).
ERP-PGC. Generators Protection and Control Device Unit
ERP-PD. Distance Protection Relay Unit
ERP-PDF. Differential Protection Relay Unit
Faults
ERP-MF. Fault Injection Module
Page 2
www.edibon.com
SCADA Control System
SPECIFICATIONS
SCADA is an industry-standard supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) software for realistic experience of power system control.
For use with MPSSC Simulator to increase students´ understanding of power systems.
It can connect to multiple generation systems for remote control and supervision of local generation and distributed generation.
It includes alarms and logs data for detailed analysis of MPSSC during stable and transient operation.
It communicates with programmable logic controllers (PLCs), numerical protection relays, automatic voltage regulators and prime-mover
simulation device of the Power System Simulator to control and collect information from the power system.
Includes high performance computer with integrated communication interface to exchange information with all devices.
Remotely controls the generator and prime-mover of the MPSSC Simulator in different power system operation control methods (frequency
control, voltage control, active power control, reactive power control, power factor control, generators load exchange).
The SCADA connects to MPSSC to train students in supervision and control of power systems.
The package includes industrial-standard SCADA software, a computer, colour printer and communications hardware.
EDIBON supplies the software already installed on the computer. The software does several jobs, including remote control and data display and
logging. It includes programs written by EDIBON to match experiments which students have done directly with the MPSSC Simulator. The
software´s on-screen display or ´user interface´shows real-time data and mimics the circuit-breakers (opening and closing). It also mimics the
adjustment of the loads and any faults applied by the user. Other screens give details about the settings and data collected at each protection relay
or instrument on the simulator.
Students select the correct screen for the experiment they want to perform. They then use the computer to close circuit-breakers, set and adjust any
loads and connect the grid supply (or start the generator) by mean of touch screens, in others words, they configure the topology of the Simulator.
The generators synchronization can be performed in manual and automatic mode with the help of SCADA.
Students can use the software to log data from the simulator and analyse it, compare conditions before and after faults, and see the effects of
faults. They can use this information to predict power system problems and change the power system protection to prevent future problems.
The software includes the experiments already given with the MPSSC Simulator.
contiue...
Page 3
www.edibon.com
SCADA Control System (continuation)
SPECIFICATIONS
The experiments include:
- Generator characteristics and performance.
- Transformers.
- Transmission, distribution and consumption.
- Power system protection.
- Power system operation and control in different modes.
- Power flow control.
- etc.
SCADA allows the control and supervision of the operations related to the generation, transformation, transmission and distribution of the
electrical energy made by the MPSSC Simulator.
Through a sophisticated human-machine interface, executed in a computer, it is possible to monitor and control a lot of events and alarms as well
as analyse, display and control the information acquired from all Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), Automatic Voltage Regulators (AVRs),
protection relays and prime mover simulation device.
SCADA system is connected to the PLCs communication networks, protection relays and the rest of the units of the MPSSC Simulator, allowing the
data acquisition and control in real time from all the elements of the MPSSC Simulator. The acquired data are stored for their future analysis or
they are directly sent to screens connected to the computer as a visual information.
The objective of the SCADA developed architecture is centralising and automating all the control tasks, monitoring, protection and data
acquisition of the MPSSC Simulator is operated similar to local or central load dispatch center of Real Electrical Power System.
The equipments connected to the SCADA I make one or some of the following functions:
1.-
Respond to the commands of the control computer, in order to close or open all the circuit breaker contacts, power isolator and the rest
of the equipments that conform the topology of the Power System Simulator.
2.-
Transmit to SCADA the ON/OFF state of the electrical equipment that conform the Simulated Electrical Power System.
3.-
Vary all the set points of the controlled parameters, for example, the frequency control, active power, reactive power, power factor and
voltage control set point.
4.-
Measurement and management of all the acquired electrical parameters in different nodes and points of the simulated power system.
5.-
Protection of the electrical circuits and the equipments that conform the MPSSC Simulator.
SCADA allows making a control, supervision and data acquisition in a centralised and remote way, simulating a central generation dispatch
center.
With help of SCADA, students can observe the real time state of the electrical equipment of the MPSSC by means of graphical and state screens.
With SCADA, the operator of the electrical power system can monitor its state and consequently, it can act and make decisions about how to
operate in different conditions. For example, when there is a sound or visual alarm, the operator can see what is happening in a SCADA screen,
because the monitoring system includes an alarm sequences and events list of all the equipment operation, recordered throughout the practice
period and can done, reports about a determined operation or about the complete practice.
Another SCADA facility is that it allows visualise in a central way all the instrumentation of the MPSSC. Simulator through several screens with
digital and analogical virtual instruments.
In the MPSSC. Simulator, several multifunctional and numeric protection relays are used, because the study of the electrical protections is an
essential point for a electrical power system.
The protection relays include measurement, communication and programmable logic possibilities to done functions of monitories and control of
the equipment that are protecting. Thanks to these facilities, the protection functions are incorporated and managed from SCADA, making the
teaching of this subject easier in a automated and centralised way, because the students can communicate with each protection relay and
managed it remotely.
Page 4
www.edibon.com
SCADA Control System (continuation)
Examples of some possibilities
Page 5
www.edibon.com
Advanced Electrical Machines Laboratory
(4EMAD)
List of modules and teaching units included plus
Summarised Catalogues
Priority 3
0600. Automation & Systems
0610: PLC Trainer
Ref.:4EMAD-pre(01/11)
issue:01/11
PLC TRAINER
Ref: 0610
1 / 1
ITEM
Ä
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
PLCE
PLC TRAINER
1
2
0620PARTS
COMPONENTS AND SPARE PARTS
1
3
0620PA
COMPLEMENTARY ITEM
1
4
0620IYPM
INSTALLATION AND STARTING-UP
1
5
0620CAPRO
TRAINING AND BRINGING UP TO DATE OF TEACHERS
1
6
0620TD
TEACHING TECHNIQUES "KNOW-HOW"
1
7
0620MANU
DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS
1
Notes:
1) Multipost option:
This module has only one unit in each item, but we can recommend the
number of units for 10 or 30 students working simultaneously.
2)Supply conditions:
a) Technical conditions included:
-
Laboratories adaptation.
Installation of all units supplied.
Starting up for all units.
Training about the exercises to be done with any unit.
- Teacher training related with t and the teaching unit and
the teaching techniques uses.
- Technology transfer.
b) Commercial conditions:
- Packing.
- Financing charges.
- C.I.F. charges.
c) Others conditions:
- 8 Manuals for each EDIBON teaching unit:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required services manual.
Assembly and installation manual.
Interface and software/control console manual.
Set in operation manual.
Safety norms manual.
Practices manual.
Maintenance manual.
. Calibration manual.
See Catalogues in next pages
6.2- Automatics
PLC-PI. Module for the Control of Industrial Processes (for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units)
Always included
in the supply:
2
PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software for
each particular EDIBON
Computerized Teaching Unit
1 Unit: PLC-PI. PLC Module for the Control of Industrial Processes
(for working with EDIBON Computerized Teaching Units).
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Items supplied as standard
PLC-PI Unit:
This PLC-PI unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a
simple and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and,
additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen. We have design and supply the
proper software for any particular application (for each particular EDIBON
Computerized Teaching Unit).
Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel.
Front panel:
Digital inputs(X) and Digital outputs (Y) block. 16 Digital inputs. 14 Digital outputs.
Analog inputs block: 16 Analog inputs. Analog outputs block: 4 Analog outputs.
Touch screen.
Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to PC
Inside:
Power supply outputs: 24 Vdc, 12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, 12 Vdc variable.
Panasonic PLC: High-speed scan of 0.32msec. for a basic instruction. Program
capacity of 32 Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. Multi-point PID control.
Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules.
Communication RS232 wire, to computer (PC).
2 PLC-SOF. PLC Control Software:
For each particular EDIBON Computerized Teaching Unit.
3 Cables and Accessories, for normal operation.
4 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions (approx.) =Unit: 490 x 330 x 310 mm.
Weight: 30 Kg.
1
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
1.- Control of theparticular unit
process through the control
interface box without the
computer.
2.- PID control.
3.- Visualization of all the sensors
values used in the particular
unit process.
4.- Calibration of all sensors
included in the particular unit
process.
5.- Hand on of all the actuators
involved in the particular unit
process.
6.- Realization of different
experiments, in automatic way,
without having in front the
particular unit. (These
experiments can be decided
previously).
7.- Simulation of outside actions,
in the cases do not exist
hardware elements. (Example:
test of complementary tanks,
complementary i n d u s t r i a l
environment to the process to
be studied, etc).
8.- PLC hardware general use.
9.- PLC process application for the
particular unit.
10.- PLC structure.
11.- P L C i n p u t s a n d o u t p u t s
configuration.
12.- PLC configuration possibilities.
13.- PLC program languages.
14.- PLC different programming
standard languages (ladder
diagram (LD), structured text
(ST), instructions list (IL),
sequential function chart
(SFC), function block diagram
(FBD)).
15.- N e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d
development of new process.
16.- Hand on an established process.
17.- To visualize and see the results
and to make comparisons with
the particular unit process.
18.- Possibility of creating new
process in relation with the
particular unit.
19.- PLC Programming Exercises.
20.- Own PLC applications in
accordance with teacher and
student requirements.
automationsystems/plcunitoperations/PLC-PI.pdf
PLCE. PLC Trainer
1
2
3
PLC
Programming
Software
PLCE
Touch Screen
Programming Software
Unit: PLCE. PLC Trainer
PRACTICAL POSSIBILITIES
SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY
Items supplied as standard
PLCE. Unit:
This PLCE unit contains a box, with a front panel in order to manipulate the unit in a simple
and easy way, the power supply and all necessary connectors and cabling and,
additionally, the PLC itself with its own touch screen.
Steel box. Circuit diagram in the front panel.
Front panel:
Several 12V sources that can be activated through switches, 8 lever type and 8 push
button type switches with their corresponding led that indicates the ON/OFF state of
the source. 6 variable sources (potentiometer), 0 to 10V. 16 digital inputs. 14 digital
outputs. 8 analog inputs. 4 analog outputs. ON/OF power switch. Several mass
connections (GND). Touch screen.
Back panel: Power supply connector. Fuse 2A. RS-232 connector to computer (PC).
Inside:
Power supply 100... 240V (AC).
Panasonic PLC:
High-speed scan of 0.32 msec for a basic instruction. Program capacity of 32
Ksteps, with a sufficient comment area. High-speed counter. Multi-point PID control.
Digital inputs/outputs and analog inputs/outputs Panasonic modules.
Communication RS 232 wire, to computer (PC). PC Bases Programming.
2 PLC Programming Software:
Compatible with actual Windows operating systems. Several programming languages
can be used: ladder diagram (LD), structured text (ST), instructions list (IL), sequential
function chart (SFC), function block diagram (FBD). Variables editors, configuration,
programming and documentation. To symbolize the application objects: bits, words,
function blocks, inputs/outputs...
Operants available: inputs and outputs (X/Y), as well as internal memory areas, internal
relays, special internal relays, timers and counters, data registers, special data registers,
file registers, link registers and relays. You can use either Matsushita and/or IEC
addresses. There are 3 type on constants: decimal, hexadecimal and BCD. This software
provides elementary and user defined data types. Matsushita Floating Point Instructions
Set. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. “Black boxing” of programs. Reuse
of programs is easy.
3 PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software:
Tools for Screen Creation. Plenty of functions. Screens Creation. Drawing Functions. Easy
Operativity (Click and slip). Easy creation of user libraries. Printing. Easy use. Bitmaps
Editor.
Cables
and Accessories, for normal operation.
4
5 Manuals: This unit is supplied with 8 manuals.
Dimensions=490 x 330 x 310 mm. approx. Weight: 20 Kg. approx.
1
More information in: www.edibon.com/products/catalogues/en/units/
automationsystems/plcprocessemulation/PLCE.pdf
Page 85
Using the PLC Programing Software:
1.- Creating applications for a PLC and loading them in the PLCE.
The programs can be written in several programming languages:
Ladder diagram (LD). Structured text (ST). Instructions list (IL).
Sequential function chart. (SFC).
Function block diagram. (FBD).
2.- Check the digital inputs and their value and how to store in the variable.
3.- Use of several inputs with the purpose of activating an output.
4.- To assign names to the contacts in the edition area.
5.- Use of all digital inputs (16) and to create a variable per digital input.
6.- Interacting with a digital output, whose value will depend on that
established in a variable.
7.- How to use several digital variables and outputs.
8.- How to use analog inputs.
9.- How to use analog outputs.
10.- Use of temporizers.
11.- Logic functions implementation.
12.- Application of the instructions set and reset.
13.- Program jumps (conditional and non-conditional).
14.- Timer, counter and comparators.
15.- Use of subroutines and interruptions events.
16.- Functions library.
17.- Regulation controls. PID function.
18.- Analog Inputs/Outputs. Real Time visualization.
* Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply.
Using the PLCE Touch Screen Programming Software:
19.- How to create a simple application for the PLCE screen.
20.- How to commute digital outputs of the PLC through the screen.
21.- How to commute several digital outputs simultaneously. (Working with
words).
22.- Writing on and reading from a data register.
23.- How to write a data register in a range of values.
24.- Switching from one screen to another.
* Some applications related to these practices are included in the supply.
Other practical possibilities:
-It is possible to make simulations without need of any external element,
causing analog inputs and/or digital ones, and to observe what
happens in the outputs.
-It is also possible to introduce real analog inputs (for example: the
transducer value in volts of a temperature sensor) and/or digital inputs
(for example: an external pulser) and to connect real actuators in the
output, (for example: a pump).
www.edibon.com
6.- Systems & Automatics
Always included
in the supply: